Mercurial > emacs
annotate doc/lispref/display.texi @ 107521:54f3a4d055ee
Document font-use-system-font.
* cmdargs.texi (Font X): Move most content to Fonts.
* frames.texi (Fonts): New node. Document font-use-system-font.
* emacs.texi (Top):
* xresources.texi (Table of Resources):
* mule.texi (Defining Fontsets, Charsets): Update xrefs.
| author | Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com> |
|---|---|
| date | Sat, 20 Mar 2010 13:24:06 -0400 |
| parents | c7093188c806 |
| children | 24d486687f54 71353caf35e3 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 84060 | 1 @c -*-texinfo-*- |
| 2 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. | |
| 3 @c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, | |
| 106815 | 4 @c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 |
|
103820
9e06f7e38c79
(Abstract Display): Merge in some menu descriptions from elisp.texi.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103586
diff
changeset
|
5 @c Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 84060 | 6 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions. |
|
84116
0ba80d073e27
(setfilename): Go up one more level to ../../info.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
84060
diff
changeset
|
7 @setfilename ../../info/display |
| 84060 | 8 @node Display, System Interface, Processes, Top |
| 9 @chapter Emacs Display | |
| 10 | |
| 11 This chapter describes a number of features related to the display | |
| 12 that Emacs presents to the user. | |
| 13 | |
| 14 @menu | |
| 15 * Refresh Screen:: Clearing the screen and redrawing everything on it. | |
| 16 * Forcing Redisplay:: Forcing redisplay. | |
| 17 * Truncation:: Folding or wrapping long text lines. | |
| 18 * The Echo Area:: Displaying messages at the bottom of the screen. | |
| 19 * Warnings:: Displaying warning messages for the user. | |
| 20 * Invisible Text:: Hiding part of the buffer text. | |
| 21 * Selective Display:: Hiding part of the buffer text (the old way). | |
| 22 * Temporary Displays:: Displays that go away automatically. | |
| 23 * Overlays:: Use overlays to highlight parts of the buffer. | |
| 24 * Width:: How wide a character or string is on the screen. | |
| 25 * Line Height:: Controlling the height of lines. | |
| 26 * Faces:: A face defines a graphics style for text characters: | |
| 27 font, colors, etc. | |
| 28 * Fringes:: Controlling window fringes. | |
| 29 * Scroll Bars:: Controlling vertical scroll bars. | |
| 30 * Display Property:: Enabling special display features. | |
| 31 * Images:: Displaying images in Emacs buffers. | |
| 32 * Buttons:: Adding clickable buttons to Emacs buffers. | |
| 33 * Abstract Display:: Emacs' Widget for Object Collections. | |
| 34 * Blinking:: How Emacs shows the matching open parenthesis. | |
| 35 * Usual Display:: The usual conventions for displaying nonprinting chars. | |
| 36 * Display Tables:: How to specify other conventions. | |
| 37 * Beeping:: Audible signal to the user. | |
| 38 * Window Systems:: Which window system is being used. | |
| 39 @end menu | |
| 40 | |
| 41 @node Refresh Screen | |
| 42 @section Refreshing the Screen | |
| 43 | |
| 44 The function @code{redraw-frame} clears and redisplays the entire | |
| 45 contents of a given frame (@pxref{Frames}). This is useful if the | |
| 46 screen is corrupted. | |
| 47 | |
| 48 @c Emacs 19 feature | |
| 49 @defun redraw-frame frame | |
| 50 This function clears and redisplays frame @var{frame}. | |
| 51 @end defun | |
| 52 | |
| 53 Even more powerful is @code{redraw-display}: | |
| 54 | |
| 55 @deffn Command redraw-display | |
| 56 This function clears and redisplays all visible frames. | |
| 57 @end deffn | |
| 58 | |
| 87098 | 59 In Emacs, processing user input takes priority over redisplay. If |
| 60 you call these functions when input is available, they don't redisplay | |
| 61 immediately, but the requested redisplay does happen | |
| 62 eventually---after all the input has been processed. | |
| 84060 | 63 |
|
102950
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
64 On text-only terminals, suspending and resuming Emacs normally also |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
65 refreshes the screen. Some terminal emulators record separate |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
66 contents for display-oriented programs such as Emacs and for ordinary |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
67 sequential display. If you are using such a terminal, you might want |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
68 to inhibit the redisplay on resumption. |
| 84060 | 69 |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
70 @defopt no-redraw-on-reenter |
| 84060 | 71 @cindex suspend (cf. @code{no-redraw-on-reenter}) |
| 72 @cindex resume (cf. @code{no-redraw-on-reenter}) | |
| 73 This variable controls whether Emacs redraws the entire screen after it | |
| 74 has been suspended and resumed. Non-@code{nil} means there is no need | |
| 75 to redraw, @code{nil} means redrawing is needed. The default is @code{nil}. | |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
76 @end defopt |
| 84060 | 77 |
| 78 @node Forcing Redisplay | |
| 79 @section Forcing Redisplay | |
| 80 @cindex forcing redisplay | |
| 81 | |
| 87098 | 82 Emacs normally tries to redisplay the screen whenever it waits for |
|
102950
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
83 input. With the following function, you can request an immediate |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
84 attempt to redisplay, in the middle of Lisp code, without actually |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
85 waiting for input. |
| 87098 | 86 |
| 87 @defun redisplay &optional force | |
| 88 This function tries immediately to redisplay, provided there are no | |
|
102950
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
89 pending input events. |
| 87098 | 90 |
| 91 If the optional argument @var{force} is non-@code{nil}, it does all | |
| 92 pending redisplay work even if input is available, with no | |
| 93 pre-emption. | |
| 94 | |
| 95 The function returns @code{t} if it actually tried to redisplay, and | |
| 96 @code{nil} otherwise. A value of @code{t} does not mean that | |
| 97 redisplay proceeded to completion; it could have been pre-empted by | |
| 98 newly arriving terminal input. | |
| 99 @end defun | |
| 100 | |
| 101 @code{redisplay} with no argument tries immediately to redisplay, | |
| 102 but has no effect on the usual rules for what parts of the screen to | |
| 103 redisplay. By contrast, the following function adds certain windows | |
| 104 to the pending redisplay work (as if their contents had completely | |
| 105 changed), but doesn't immediately try to do any redisplay work. | |
| 106 | |
| 107 @defun force-window-update &optional object | |
| 108 This function forces some or all windows to be updated on next | |
| 109 redisplay. If @var{object} is a window, it requires eventual | |
| 110 redisplay of that window. If @var{object} is a buffer or buffer name, | |
| 111 it requires eventual redisplay of all windows displaying that buffer. | |
| 112 If @var{object} is @code{nil} (or omitted), it requires eventual | |
| 113 redisplay of all windows. | |
| 114 @end defun | |
| 115 | |
| 116 @code{force-window-update} does not do a redisplay immediately. | |
| 117 (Emacs will do that when it waits for input.) Rather, its effect is | |
| 118 to put more work on the queue to be done by redisplay whenever there | |
| 119 is a chance. | |
| 120 | |
| 84060 | 121 Emacs redisplay normally stops if input arrives, and does not happen |
| 122 at all if input is available before it starts. Most of the time, this | |
| 123 is exactly what you want. However, you can prevent preemption by | |
| 124 binding @code{redisplay-dont-pause} to a non-@code{nil} value. | |
| 125 | |
| 87098 | 126 @defvar redisplay-dont-pause |
| 127 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, pending input does not | |
| 128 prevent or halt redisplay; redisplay occurs, and finishes, | |
| 129 regardless of whether input is available. | |
| 130 @end defvar | |
| 131 | |
| 84060 | 132 @defvar redisplay-preemption-period |
| 133 This variable specifies how many seconds Emacs waits between checks | |
| 134 for new input during redisplay. (The default is 0.1 seconds.) If | |
| 135 input has arrived when Emacs checks, it pre-empts redisplay and | |
| 136 processes the available input before trying again to redisplay. | |
| 137 | |
| 138 If this variable is @code{nil}, Emacs does not check for input during | |
| 139 redisplay, and redisplay cannot be preempted by input. | |
| 140 | |
| 141 This variable is only obeyed on graphical terminals. For | |
| 142 text terminals, see @ref{Terminal Output}. | |
| 143 @end defvar | |
| 144 | |
| 145 @node Truncation | |
| 146 @section Truncation | |
| 147 @cindex line wrapping | |
| 148 @cindex line truncation | |
| 149 @cindex continuation lines | |
| 150 @cindex @samp{$} in display | |
| 151 @cindex @samp{\} in display | |
| 152 | |
| 153 When a line of text extends beyond the right edge of a window, Emacs | |
| 154 can @dfn{continue} the line (make it ``wrap'' to the next screen | |
| 155 line), or @dfn{truncate} the line (limit it to one screen line). The | |
| 156 additional screen lines used to display a long text line are called | |
| 157 @dfn{continuation} lines. Continuation is not the same as filling; | |
| 158 continuation happens on the screen only, not in the buffer contents, | |
| 159 and it breaks a line precisely at the right margin, not at a word | |
| 160 boundary. @xref{Filling}. | |
| 161 | |
| 162 On a graphical display, tiny arrow images in the window fringes | |
| 163 indicate truncated and continued lines (@pxref{Fringes}). On a text | |
| 164 terminal, a @samp{$} in the rightmost column of the window indicates | |
| 165 truncation; a @samp{\} on the rightmost column indicates a line that | |
| 166 ``wraps.'' (The display table can specify alternate characters to use | |
| 167 for this; @pxref{Display Tables}). | |
| 168 | |
| 169 @defopt truncate-lines | |
|
102950
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
170 If this buffer-local variable is non-@code{nil}, lines that extend |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
171 beyond the right edge of the window are truncated; otherwise, they are |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
172 continued. As a special exception, the variable |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
173 @code{truncate-partial-width-windows} takes precedence in |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
174 @dfn{partial-width} windows (i.e., windows that do not occupy the |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
175 entire frame width). |
| 84060 | 176 @end defopt |
| 177 | |
| 178 @defopt truncate-partial-width-windows | |
|
102950
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
179 This variable controls line truncation in @dfn{partial-width} windows. |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
180 A partial-width window is one that does not occupy the entire frame |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
181 width (@pxref{Splitting Windows}). If the value is @code{nil}, line |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
182 truncation is determined by the variable @code{truncate-lines} (see |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
183 above). If the value is an integer @var{n}, lines are truncated if |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
184 the partial-width window has fewer than @var{n} columns, regardless of |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
185 the value of @code{truncate-lines}; if the partial-width window has |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
186 @var{n} or more columns, line truncation is determined by |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
187 @code{truncate-lines}. For any other non-@code{nil} value, lines are |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
188 truncated in every partial-width window, regardless of the value of |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
189 @code{truncate-lines}. |
| 84060 | 190 @end defopt |
| 191 | |
| 192 When horizontal scrolling (@pxref{Horizontal Scrolling}) is in use in | |
| 193 a window, that forces truncation. | |
| 194 | |
|
96470
2af6e85f13d5
Implement display-time wrap/line-prefix feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
96396
diff
changeset
|
195 @defvar wrap-prefix |
|
102950
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
196 If this buffer-local variable is non-@code{nil}, it defines a |
|
102975
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
197 ``prefix'' that is prepended to every continuation line at |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
198 display-time. (If lines are truncated, the wrap-prefix is never |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
199 used.) It may be a string, an image, or a stretch-glyph; the value is |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
200 interpreted in the same way as a @code{display} text property. |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
201 @xref{Display Property}. |
|
102950
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
202 |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
203 A wrap-prefix may also be specified for regions of text, using the |
|
102975
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
204 @code{wrap-prefix} text or overlay property. This takes precedence |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
205 over the @code{wrap-prefix} variable. @xref{Special Properties}. |
|
96470
2af6e85f13d5
Implement display-time wrap/line-prefix feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
96396
diff
changeset
|
206 @end defvar |
|
2af6e85f13d5
Implement display-time wrap/line-prefix feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
96396
diff
changeset
|
207 |
|
2af6e85f13d5
Implement display-time wrap/line-prefix feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
96396
diff
changeset
|
208 @defvar line-prefix |
|
102950
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
209 If this buffer-local variable is non-@code{nil}, it defines a |
|
102975
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
210 ``prefix'' that is prepended to every non-continuation line at |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
211 display-time. It may be a string, an image, or a stretch-glyph; the |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
212 value is interpreted in the same way as a @code{display} text |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
213 property. @xref{Display Property}. |
|
96470
2af6e85f13d5
Implement display-time wrap/line-prefix feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
96396
diff
changeset
|
214 |
|
2af6e85f13d5
Implement display-time wrap/line-prefix feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
96396
diff
changeset
|
215 A line-prefix may also be specified for regions of text using the |
|
102975
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
216 @code{line-prefix} text or overlay property. This takes precedence |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
217 over the @code{line-prefix} variable. @xref{Special Properties}. |
|
96470
2af6e85f13d5
Implement display-time wrap/line-prefix feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
96396
diff
changeset
|
218 @end defvar |
|
2af6e85f13d5
Implement display-time wrap/line-prefix feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
96396
diff
changeset
|
219 |
| 84060 | 220 If your buffer contains @emph{very} long lines, and you use |
|
102950
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
221 continuation to display them, computing the continuation lines can |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
222 make Emacs redisplay slow. The column computation and indentation |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
223 functions also become slow. Then you might find it advisable to set |
| 84060 | 224 @code{cache-long-line-scans} to @code{t}. |
| 225 | |
| 226 @defvar cache-long-line-scans | |
| 227 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, various indentation and motion | |
| 228 functions, and Emacs redisplay, cache the results of scanning the | |
| 229 buffer, and consult the cache to avoid rescanning regions of the buffer | |
| 230 unless they are modified. | |
| 231 | |
| 232 Turning on the cache slows down processing of short lines somewhat. | |
| 233 | |
| 234 This variable is automatically buffer-local in every buffer. | |
| 235 @end defvar | |
| 236 | |
| 237 @node The Echo Area | |
| 238 @section The Echo Area | |
| 239 @cindex error display | |
| 240 @cindex echo area | |
| 241 | |
| 242 The @dfn{echo area} is used for displaying error messages | |
| 243 (@pxref{Errors}), for messages made with the @code{message} primitive, | |
| 244 and for echoing keystrokes. It is not the same as the minibuffer, | |
| 245 despite the fact that the minibuffer appears (when active) in the same | |
| 246 place on the screen as the echo area. The @cite{GNU Emacs Manual} | |
| 247 specifies the rules for resolving conflicts between the echo area and | |
| 248 the minibuffer for use of that screen space (@pxref{Minibuffer,, The | |
| 249 Minibuffer, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}). | |
| 250 | |
| 251 You can write output in the echo area by using the Lisp printing | |
| 252 functions with @code{t} as the stream (@pxref{Output Functions}), or | |
| 253 explicitly. | |
| 254 | |
| 255 @menu | |
| 256 * Displaying Messages:: Explicitly displaying text in the echo area. | |
| 257 * Progress:: Informing user about progress of a long operation. | |
| 258 * Logging Messages:: Echo area messages are logged for the user. | |
| 259 * Echo Area Customization:: Controlling the echo area. | |
| 260 @end menu | |
| 261 | |
| 262 @node Displaying Messages | |
| 263 @subsection Displaying Messages in the Echo Area | |
| 264 @cindex display message in echo area | |
| 265 | |
| 266 This section describes the functions for explicitly producing echo | |
| 267 area messages. Many other Emacs features display messages there, too. | |
| 268 | |
| 269 @defun message format-string &rest arguments | |
| 270 This function displays a message in the echo area. The argument | |
| 271 @var{format-string} is similar to a C language @code{printf} format | |
| 272 string. See @code{format} in @ref{Formatting Strings}, for the details | |
| 273 on the conversion specifications. @code{message} returns the | |
| 274 constructed string. | |
| 275 | |
| 276 In batch mode, @code{message} prints the message text on the standard | |
| 277 error stream, followed by a newline. | |
| 278 | |
| 279 If @var{format-string}, or strings among the @var{arguments}, have | |
| 280 @code{face} text properties, these affect the way the message is displayed. | |
| 281 | |
| 282 @c Emacs 19 feature | |
| 283 If @var{format-string} is @code{nil} or the empty string, | |
| 284 @code{message} clears the echo area; if the echo area has been | |
| 285 expanded automatically, this brings it back to its normal size. | |
| 286 If the minibuffer is active, this brings the minibuffer contents back | |
| 287 onto the screen immediately. | |
| 288 | |
| 289 @example | |
| 290 @group | |
| 291 (message "Minibuffer depth is %d." | |
| 292 (minibuffer-depth)) | |
| 293 @print{} Minibuffer depth is 0. | |
| 294 @result{} "Minibuffer depth is 0." | |
| 295 @end group | |
| 296 | |
| 297 @group | |
| 298 ---------- Echo Area ---------- | |
| 299 Minibuffer depth is 0. | |
| 300 ---------- Echo Area ---------- | |
| 301 @end group | |
| 302 @end example | |
| 303 | |
| 304 To automatically display a message in the echo area or in a pop-buffer, | |
| 305 depending on its size, use @code{display-message-or-buffer} (see below). | |
| 306 @end defun | |
| 307 | |
| 308 @defmac with-temp-message message &rest body | |
| 309 This construct displays a message in the echo area temporarily, during | |
| 310 the execution of @var{body}. It displays @var{message}, executes | |
| 311 @var{body}, then returns the value of the last body form while restoring | |
| 312 the previous echo area contents. | |
| 313 @end defmac | |
| 314 | |
| 315 @defun message-or-box format-string &rest arguments | |
| 316 This function displays a message like @code{message}, but may display it | |
| 317 in a dialog box instead of the echo area. If this function is called in | |
| 318 a command that was invoked using the mouse---more precisely, if | |
| 319 @code{last-nonmenu-event} (@pxref{Command Loop Info}) is either | |
| 320 @code{nil} or a list---then it uses a dialog box or pop-up menu to | |
| 321 display the message. Otherwise, it uses the echo area. (This is the | |
| 322 same criterion that @code{y-or-n-p} uses to make a similar decision; see | |
| 323 @ref{Yes-or-No Queries}.) | |
| 324 | |
| 325 You can force use of the mouse or of the echo area by binding | |
| 326 @code{last-nonmenu-event} to a suitable value around the call. | |
| 327 @end defun | |
| 328 | |
| 329 @defun message-box format-string &rest arguments | |
| 330 @anchor{message-box} | |
| 331 This function displays a message like @code{message}, but uses a dialog | |
| 332 box (or a pop-up menu) whenever that is possible. If it is impossible | |
| 333 to use a dialog box or pop-up menu, because the terminal does not | |
| 334 support them, then @code{message-box} uses the echo area, like | |
| 335 @code{message}. | |
| 336 @end defun | |
| 337 | |
| 338 @defun display-message-or-buffer message &optional buffer-name not-this-window frame | |
| 339 This function displays the message @var{message}, which may be either a | |
| 340 string or a buffer. If it is shorter than the maximum height of the | |
| 341 echo area, as defined by @code{max-mini-window-height}, it is displayed | |
| 342 in the echo area, using @code{message}. Otherwise, | |
| 343 @code{display-buffer} is used to show it in a pop-up buffer. | |
| 344 | |
| 345 Returns either the string shown in the echo area, or when a pop-up | |
| 346 buffer is used, the window used to display it. | |
| 347 | |
| 348 If @var{message} is a string, then the optional argument | |
| 349 @var{buffer-name} is the name of the buffer used to display it when a | |
| 350 pop-up buffer is used, defaulting to @samp{*Message*}. In the case | |
| 351 where @var{message} is a string and displayed in the echo area, it is | |
| 352 not specified whether the contents are inserted into the buffer anyway. | |
| 353 | |
| 354 The optional arguments @var{not-this-window} and @var{frame} are as for | |
| 355 @code{display-buffer}, and only used if a buffer is displayed. | |
| 356 @end defun | |
| 357 | |
| 358 @defun current-message | |
| 359 This function returns the message currently being displayed in the | |
| 360 echo area, or @code{nil} if there is none. | |
| 361 @end defun | |
| 362 | |
| 363 @node Progress | |
| 364 @subsection Reporting Operation Progress | |
| 365 @cindex progress reporting | |
| 366 | |
| 367 When an operation can take a while to finish, you should inform the | |
| 368 user about the progress it makes. This way the user can estimate | |
| 369 remaining time and clearly see that Emacs is busy working, not hung. | |
| 370 | |
| 371 Functions listed in this section provide simple and efficient way of | |
| 372 reporting operation progress. Here is a working example that does | |
| 373 nothing useful: | |
| 374 | |
| 375 @smallexample | |
| 376 (let ((progress-reporter | |
| 377 (make-progress-reporter "Collecting mana for Emacs..." | |
| 378 0 500))) | |
| 379 (dotimes (k 500) | |
| 380 (sit-for 0.01) | |
| 381 (progress-reporter-update progress-reporter k)) | |
| 382 (progress-reporter-done progress-reporter)) | |
| 383 @end smallexample | |
| 384 | |
| 385 @defun make-progress-reporter message min-value max-value &optional current-value min-change min-time | |
| 386 This function creates and returns a @dfn{progress reporter}---an | |
| 387 object you will use as an argument for all other functions listed | |
| 388 here. The idea is to precompute as much data as possible to make | |
| 389 progress reporting very fast. | |
| 390 | |
| 391 When this progress reporter is subsequently used, it will display | |
| 392 @var{message} in the echo area, followed by progress percentage. | |
| 393 @var{message} is treated as a simple string. If you need it to depend | |
| 394 on a filename, for instance, use @code{format} before calling this | |
| 395 function. | |
| 396 | |
| 397 @var{min-value} and @var{max-value} arguments stand for starting and | |
| 398 final states of your operation. For instance, if you scan a buffer, | |
| 399 they should be the results of @code{point-min} and @code{point-max} | |
| 400 correspondingly. It is required that @var{max-value} is greater than | |
| 401 @var{min-value}. If you create progress reporter when some part of | |
| 402 the operation has already been completed, then specify | |
| 403 @var{current-value} argument. But normally you should omit it or set | |
| 404 it to @code{nil}---it will default to @var{min-value} then. | |
| 405 | |
| 406 Remaining arguments control the rate of echo area updates. Progress | |
| 407 reporter will wait for at least @var{min-change} more percents of the | |
| 408 operation to be completed before printing next message. | |
| 409 @var{min-time} specifies the minimum time in seconds to pass between | |
| 410 successive prints. It can be fractional. Depending on Emacs and | |
| 411 system capabilities, progress reporter may or may not respect this | |
| 412 last argument or do it with varying precision. Default value for | |
| 413 @var{min-change} is 1 (one percent), for @var{min-time}---0.2 | |
| 414 (seconds.) | |
| 415 | |
| 416 This function calls @code{progress-reporter-update}, so the first | |
| 417 message is printed immediately. | |
| 418 @end defun | |
| 419 | |
| 420 @defun progress-reporter-update reporter value | |
| 421 This function does the main work of reporting progress of your | |
| 422 operation. It displays the message of @var{reporter}, followed by | |
| 423 progress percentage determined by @var{value}. If percentage is zero, | |
| 424 or close enough according to the @var{min-change} and @var{min-time} | |
| 425 arguments, then it is omitted from the output. | |
| 426 | |
| 427 @var{reporter} must be the result of a call to | |
| 428 @code{make-progress-reporter}. @var{value} specifies the current | |
| 429 state of your operation and must be between @var{min-value} and | |
| 430 @var{max-value} (inclusive) as passed to | |
| 431 @code{make-progress-reporter}. For instance, if you scan a buffer, | |
| 432 then @var{value} should be the result of a call to @code{point}. | |
| 433 | |
| 434 This function respects @var{min-change} and @var{min-time} as passed | |
| 435 to @code{make-progress-reporter} and so does not output new messages | |
| 436 on every invocation. It is thus very fast and normally you should not | |
| 437 try to reduce the number of calls to it: resulting overhead will most | |
| 438 likely negate your effort. | |
| 439 @end defun | |
| 440 | |
| 441 @defun progress-reporter-force-update reporter value &optional new-message | |
| 442 This function is similar to @code{progress-reporter-update} except | |
| 443 that it prints a message in the echo area unconditionally. | |
| 444 | |
| 445 The first two arguments have the same meaning as for | |
| 446 @code{progress-reporter-update}. Optional @var{new-message} allows | |
| 447 you to change the message of the @var{reporter}. Since this functions | |
| 448 always updates the echo area, such a change will be immediately | |
| 449 presented to the user. | |
| 450 @end defun | |
| 451 | |
| 452 @defun progress-reporter-done reporter | |
| 453 This function should be called when the operation is finished. It | |
| 454 prints the message of @var{reporter} followed by word ``done'' in the | |
| 455 echo area. | |
| 456 | |
| 457 You should always call this function and not hope for | |
| 458 @code{progress-reporter-update} to print ``100%.'' Firstly, it may | |
| 459 never print it, there are many good reasons for this not to happen. | |
| 460 Secondly, ``done'' is more explicit. | |
| 461 @end defun | |
| 462 | |
| 463 @defmac dotimes-with-progress-reporter (var count [result]) message body@dots{} | |
| 464 This is a convenience macro that works the same way as @code{dotimes} | |
| 465 does, but also reports loop progress using the functions described | |
| 466 above. It allows you to save some typing. | |
| 467 | |
| 468 You can rewrite the example in the beginning of this node using | |
| 469 this macro this way: | |
| 470 | |
| 471 @example | |
| 472 (dotimes-with-progress-reporter | |
| 473 (k 500) | |
| 474 "Collecting some mana for Emacs..." | |
| 475 (sit-for 0.01)) | |
| 476 @end example | |
| 477 @end defmac | |
| 478 | |
| 479 @node Logging Messages | |
| 480 @subsection Logging Messages in @samp{*Messages*} | |
| 481 @cindex logging echo-area messages | |
| 482 | |
| 483 Almost all the messages displayed in the echo area are also recorded | |
| 484 in the @samp{*Messages*} buffer so that the user can refer back to | |
| 485 them. This includes all the messages that are output with | |
| 486 @code{message}. | |
| 487 | |
| 488 @defopt message-log-max | |
| 489 This variable specifies how many lines to keep in the @samp{*Messages*} | |
| 490 buffer. The value @code{t} means there is no limit on how many lines to | |
| 491 keep. The value @code{nil} disables message logging entirely. Here's | |
| 492 how to display a message and prevent it from being logged: | |
| 493 | |
| 494 @example | |
| 495 (let (message-log-max) | |
| 496 (message @dots{})) | |
| 497 @end example | |
| 498 @end defopt | |
| 499 | |
| 500 To make @samp{*Messages*} more convenient for the user, the logging | |
| 501 facility combines successive identical messages. It also combines | |
| 502 successive related messages for the sake of two cases: question | |
| 503 followed by answer, and a series of progress messages. | |
| 504 | |
| 505 A ``question followed by an answer'' means two messages like the | |
| 506 ones produced by @code{y-or-n-p}: the first is @samp{@var{question}}, | |
| 507 and the second is @samp{@var{question}...@var{answer}}. The first | |
| 508 message conveys no additional information beyond what's in the second, | |
| 509 so logging the second message discards the first from the log. | |
| 510 | |
| 511 A ``series of progress messages'' means successive messages like | |
| 512 those produced by @code{make-progress-reporter}. They have the form | |
| 513 @samp{@var{base}...@var{how-far}}, where @var{base} is the same each | |
| 514 time, while @var{how-far} varies. Logging each message in the series | |
| 515 discards the previous one, provided they are consecutive. | |
| 516 | |
| 517 The functions @code{make-progress-reporter} and @code{y-or-n-p} | |
| 518 don't have to do anything special to activate the message log | |
| 519 combination feature. It operates whenever two consecutive messages | |
| 520 are logged that share a common prefix ending in @samp{...}. | |
| 521 | |
| 522 @node Echo Area Customization | |
| 523 @subsection Echo Area Customization | |
| 524 | |
| 525 These variables control details of how the echo area works. | |
| 526 | |
| 527 @defvar cursor-in-echo-area | |
| 528 This variable controls where the cursor appears when a message is | |
| 529 displayed in the echo area. If it is non-@code{nil}, then the cursor | |
| 530 appears at the end of the message. Otherwise, the cursor appears at | |
| 531 point---not in the echo area at all. | |
| 532 | |
| 533 The value is normally @code{nil}; Lisp programs bind it to @code{t} | |
| 534 for brief periods of time. | |
| 535 @end defvar | |
| 536 | |
| 537 @defvar echo-area-clear-hook | |
| 538 This normal hook is run whenever the echo area is cleared---either by | |
| 539 @code{(message nil)} or for any other reason. | |
| 540 @end defvar | |
| 541 | |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
542 @defopt echo-keystrokes |
| 84060 | 543 This variable determines how much time should elapse before command |
| 544 characters echo. Its value must be an integer or floating point number, | |
| 545 which specifies the | |
| 546 number of seconds to wait before echoing. If the user types a prefix | |
| 547 key (such as @kbd{C-x}) and then delays this many seconds before | |
| 548 continuing, the prefix key is echoed in the echo area. (Once echoing | |
| 549 begins in a key sequence, all subsequent characters in the same key | |
| 550 sequence are echoed immediately.) | |
| 551 | |
| 552 If the value is zero, then command input is not echoed. | |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
553 @end defopt |
| 84060 | 554 |
| 555 @defvar message-truncate-lines | |
| 556 Normally, displaying a long message resizes the echo area to display | |
| 557 the entire message. But if the variable @code{message-truncate-lines} | |
| 558 is non-@code{nil}, the echo area does not resize, and the message is | |
| 559 truncated to fit it, as in Emacs 20 and before. | |
| 560 @end defvar | |
| 561 | |
| 562 The variable @code{max-mini-window-height}, which specifies the | |
| 563 maximum height for resizing minibuffer windows, also applies to the | |
| 564 echo area (which is really a special use of the minibuffer window. | |
|
98185
c9d121831418
* display.texi (Echo Area Customization): Fix typo.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
97725
diff
changeset
|
565 @xref{Minibuffer Misc}.). |
| 84060 | 566 |
| 567 @node Warnings | |
| 568 @section Reporting Warnings | |
| 569 @cindex warnings | |
| 570 | |
| 571 @dfn{Warnings} are a facility for a program to inform the user of a | |
| 572 possible problem, but continue running. | |
| 573 | |
| 574 @menu | |
| 575 * Warning Basics:: Warnings concepts and functions to report them. | |
| 576 * Warning Variables:: Variables programs bind to customize their warnings. | |
| 577 * Warning Options:: Variables users set to control display of warnings. | |
| 578 @end menu | |
| 579 | |
| 580 @node Warning Basics | |
| 581 @subsection Warning Basics | |
| 582 @cindex severity level | |
| 583 | |
| 584 Every warning has a textual message, which explains the problem for | |
| 585 the user, and a @dfn{severity level} which is a symbol. Here are the | |
| 586 possible severity levels, in order of decreasing severity, and their | |
| 587 meanings: | |
| 588 | |
| 589 @table @code | |
| 590 @item :emergency | |
| 591 A problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon | |
| 592 if you do not attend to it promptly. | |
| 593 @item :error | |
| 594 A report of data or circumstances that are inherently wrong. | |
| 595 @item :warning | |
| 596 A report of data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong, but | |
| 597 raise suspicion of a possible problem. | |
| 598 @item :debug | |
| 599 A report of information that may be useful if you are debugging. | |
| 600 @end table | |
| 601 | |
| 602 When your program encounters invalid input data, it can either | |
| 603 signal a Lisp error by calling @code{error} or @code{signal} or report | |
| 604 a warning with severity @code{:error}. Signaling a Lisp error is the | |
| 605 easiest thing to do, but it means the program cannot continue | |
| 606 processing. If you want to take the trouble to implement a way to | |
| 607 continue processing despite the bad data, then reporting a warning of | |
| 608 severity @code{:error} is the right way to inform the user of the | |
| 609 problem. For instance, the Emacs Lisp byte compiler can report an | |
| 610 error that way and continue compiling other functions. (If the | |
| 611 program signals a Lisp error and then handles it with | |
| 612 @code{condition-case}, the user won't see the error message; it could | |
| 613 show the message to the user by reporting it as a warning.) | |
| 614 | |
| 615 @cindex warning type | |
| 616 Each warning has a @dfn{warning type} to classify it. The type is a | |
| 617 list of symbols. The first symbol should be the custom group that you | |
| 618 use for the program's user options. For example, byte compiler | |
| 619 warnings use the warning type @code{(bytecomp)}. You can also | |
| 620 subcategorize the warnings, if you wish, by using more symbols in the | |
| 621 list. | |
| 622 | |
| 623 @defun display-warning type message &optional level buffer-name | |
| 624 This function reports a warning, using @var{message} as the message | |
| 625 and @var{type} as the warning type. @var{level} should be the | |
| 626 severity level, with @code{:warning} being the default. | |
| 627 | |
| 628 @var{buffer-name}, if non-@code{nil}, specifies the name of the buffer | |
| 629 for logging the warning. By default, it is @samp{*Warnings*}. | |
| 630 @end defun | |
| 631 | |
| 632 @defun lwarn type level message &rest args | |
| 633 This function reports a warning using the value of @code{(format | |
| 634 @var{message} @var{args}...)} as the message. In other respects it is | |
| 635 equivalent to @code{display-warning}. | |
| 636 @end defun | |
| 637 | |
| 638 @defun warn message &rest args | |
| 639 This function reports a warning using the value of @code{(format | |
| 640 @var{message} @var{args}...)} as the message, @code{(emacs)} as the | |
| 641 type, and @code{:warning} as the severity level. It exists for | |
| 642 compatibility only; we recommend not using it, because you should | |
| 643 specify a specific warning type. | |
| 644 @end defun | |
| 645 | |
| 646 @node Warning Variables | |
| 647 @subsection Warning Variables | |
| 648 | |
| 649 Programs can customize how their warnings appear by binding | |
| 650 the variables described in this section. | |
| 651 | |
| 652 @defvar warning-levels | |
| 653 This list defines the meaning and severity order of the warning | |
| 654 severity levels. Each element defines one severity level, | |
| 655 and they are arranged in order of decreasing severity. | |
| 656 | |
| 657 Each element has the form @code{(@var{level} @var{string} | |
| 658 @var{function})}, where @var{level} is the severity level it defines. | |
| 659 @var{string} specifies the textual description of this level. | |
| 660 @var{string} should use @samp{%s} to specify where to put the warning | |
| 661 type information, or it can omit the @samp{%s} so as not to include | |
| 662 that information. | |
| 663 | |
| 664 The optional @var{function}, if non-@code{nil}, is a function to call | |
| 665 with no arguments, to get the user's attention. | |
| 666 | |
| 667 Normally you should not change the value of this variable. | |
| 668 @end defvar | |
| 669 | |
| 670 @defvar warning-prefix-function | |
| 671 If non-@code{nil}, the value is a function to generate prefix text for | |
| 672 warnings. Programs can bind the variable to a suitable function. | |
| 673 @code{display-warning} calls this function with the warnings buffer | |
| 674 current, and the function can insert text in it. That text becomes | |
| 675 the beginning of the warning message. | |
| 676 | |
| 677 The function is called with two arguments, the severity level and its | |
| 678 entry in @code{warning-levels}. It should return a list to use as the | |
| 679 entry (this value need not be an actual member of | |
| 680 @code{warning-levels}). By constructing this value, the function can | |
| 681 change the severity of the warning, or specify different handling for | |
| 682 a given severity level. | |
| 683 | |
| 684 If the variable's value is @code{nil} then there is no function | |
| 685 to call. | |
| 686 @end defvar | |
| 687 | |
| 688 @defvar warning-series | |
| 689 Programs can bind this variable to @code{t} to say that the next | |
| 690 warning should begin a series. When several warnings form a series, | |
| 691 that means to leave point on the first warning of the series, rather | |
| 692 than keep moving it for each warning so that it appears on the last one. | |
| 693 The series ends when the local binding is unbound and | |
| 694 @code{warning-series} becomes @code{nil} again. | |
| 695 | |
| 696 The value can also be a symbol with a function definition. That is | |
| 697 equivalent to @code{t}, except that the next warning will also call | |
| 698 the function with no arguments with the warnings buffer current. The | |
| 699 function can insert text which will serve as a header for the series | |
| 700 of warnings. | |
| 701 | |
| 702 Once a series has begun, the value is a marker which points to the | |
| 703 buffer position in the warnings buffer of the start of the series. | |
| 704 | |
| 705 The variable's normal value is @code{nil}, which means to handle | |
| 706 each warning separately. | |
| 707 @end defvar | |
| 708 | |
| 709 @defvar warning-fill-prefix | |
| 710 When this variable is non-@code{nil}, it specifies a fill prefix to | |
| 711 use for filling each warning's text. | |
| 712 @end defvar | |
| 713 | |
| 714 @defvar warning-type-format | |
| 715 This variable specifies the format for displaying the warning type | |
| 716 in the warning message. The result of formatting the type this way | |
| 717 gets included in the message under the control of the string in the | |
| 718 entry in @code{warning-levels}. The default value is @code{" (%s)"}. | |
| 719 If you bind it to @code{""} then the warning type won't appear at | |
| 720 all. | |
| 721 @end defvar | |
| 722 | |
| 723 @node Warning Options | |
| 724 @subsection Warning Options | |
| 725 | |
| 726 These variables are used by users to control what happens | |
| 727 when a Lisp program reports a warning. | |
| 728 | |
| 729 @defopt warning-minimum-level | |
| 730 This user option specifies the minimum severity level that should be | |
| 731 shown immediately to the user. The default is @code{:warning}, which | |
| 732 means to immediately display all warnings except @code{:debug} | |
| 733 warnings. | |
| 734 @end defopt | |
| 735 | |
| 736 @defopt warning-minimum-log-level | |
| 737 This user option specifies the minimum severity level that should be | |
| 738 logged in the warnings buffer. The default is @code{:warning}, which | |
| 739 means to log all warnings except @code{:debug} warnings. | |
| 740 @end defopt | |
| 741 | |
| 742 @defopt warning-suppress-types | |
| 743 This list specifies which warning types should not be displayed | |
| 744 immediately for the user. Each element of the list should be a list | |
| 745 of symbols. If its elements match the first elements in a warning | |
| 746 type, then that warning is not displayed immediately. | |
| 747 @end defopt | |
| 748 | |
| 749 @defopt warning-suppress-log-types | |
| 750 This list specifies which warning types should not be logged in the | |
| 751 warnings buffer. Each element of the list should be a list of | |
| 752 symbols. If it matches the first few elements in a warning type, then | |
| 753 that warning is not logged. | |
| 754 @end defopt | |
| 755 | |
| 756 @node Invisible Text | |
| 757 @section Invisible Text | |
| 758 | |
| 759 @cindex invisible text | |
| 760 You can make characters @dfn{invisible}, so that they do not appear on | |
| 761 the screen, with the @code{invisible} property. This can be either a | |
| 762 text property (@pxref{Text Properties}) or a property of an overlay | |
| 763 (@pxref{Overlays}). Cursor motion also partly ignores these | |
| 764 characters; if the command loop finds point within them, it moves | |
| 765 point to the other side of them. | |
| 766 | |
| 767 In the simplest case, any non-@code{nil} @code{invisible} property makes | |
| 768 a character invisible. This is the default case---if you don't alter | |
| 769 the default value of @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}, this is how the | |
| 770 @code{invisible} property works. You should normally use @code{t} | |
| 771 as the value of the @code{invisible} property if you don't plan | |
| 772 to set @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} yourself. | |
| 773 | |
| 774 More generally, you can use the variable @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} | |
| 775 to control which values of the @code{invisible} property make text | |
| 776 invisible. This permits you to classify the text into different subsets | |
| 777 in advance, by giving them different @code{invisible} values, and | |
| 778 subsequently make various subsets visible or invisible by changing the | |
| 779 value of @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}. | |
| 780 | |
| 781 Controlling visibility with @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} is | |
| 782 especially useful in a program to display the list of entries in a | |
| 783 database. It permits the implementation of convenient filtering | |
| 784 commands to view just a part of the entries in the database. Setting | |
| 785 this variable is very fast, much faster than scanning all the text in | |
| 786 the buffer looking for properties to change. | |
| 787 | |
| 788 @defvar buffer-invisibility-spec | |
| 789 This variable specifies which kinds of @code{invisible} properties | |
| 790 actually make a character invisible. Setting this variable makes it | |
| 791 buffer-local. | |
| 792 | |
| 793 @table @asis | |
| 794 @item @code{t} | |
| 795 A character is invisible if its @code{invisible} property is | |
| 796 non-@code{nil}. This is the default. | |
| 797 | |
| 798 @item a list | |
| 799 Each element of the list specifies a criterion for invisibility; if a | |
| 800 character's @code{invisible} property fits any one of these criteria, | |
| 801 the character is invisible. The list can have two kinds of elements: | |
| 802 | |
| 803 @table @code | |
| 804 @item @var{atom} | |
| 805 A character is invisible if its @code{invisible} property value | |
| 806 is @var{atom} or if it is a list with @var{atom} as a member. | |
| 807 | |
| 808 @item (@var{atom} . t) | |
| 809 A character is invisible if its @code{invisible} property value is | |
| 810 @var{atom} or if it is a list with @var{atom} as a member. Moreover, | |
| 811 a sequence of such characters displays as an ellipsis. | |
| 812 @end table | |
| 813 @end table | |
| 814 @end defvar | |
| 815 | |
| 816 Two functions are specifically provided for adding elements to | |
| 817 @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} and removing elements from it. | |
| 818 | |
| 819 @defun add-to-invisibility-spec element | |
| 820 This function adds the element @var{element} to | |
| 821 @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}. If @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} | |
| 822 was @code{t}, it changes to a list, @code{(t)}, so that text whose | |
| 823 @code{invisible} property is @code{t} remains invisible. | |
| 824 @end defun | |
| 825 | |
| 826 @defun remove-from-invisibility-spec element | |
| 827 This removes the element @var{element} from | |
| 828 @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}. This does nothing if @var{element} | |
| 829 is not in the list. | |
| 830 @end defun | |
| 831 | |
| 832 A convention for use of @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} is that a | |
| 833 major mode should use the mode's own name as an element of | |
| 834 @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} and as the value of the | |
| 835 @code{invisible} property: | |
| 836 | |
| 837 @example | |
| 838 ;; @r{If you want to display an ellipsis:} | |
| 839 (add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t)) | |
| 840 ;; @r{If you don't want ellipsis:} | |
| 841 (add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol) | |
| 842 | |
| 843 (overlay-put (make-overlay beginning end) | |
| 844 'invisible 'my-symbol) | |
| 845 | |
| 846 ;; @r{When done with the overlays:} | |
| 847 (remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t)) | |
| 848 ;; @r{Or respectively:} | |
| 849 (remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol) | |
| 850 @end example | |
| 851 | |
|
102950
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
852 You can check for invisibility using the following function: |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
853 |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
854 @defun invisible-p pos-or-prop |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
855 If @var{pos-or-prop} is a marker or number, this function returns a |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
856 non-@code{nil} value if the text at that position is invisible. |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
857 |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
858 If @var{pos-or-prop} is any other kind of Lisp object, that is taken |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
859 to mean a possible value of the @code{invisible} text or overlay |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
860 property. In that case, this function returns a non-@code{nil} value |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
861 if that value would cause text to become invisible, based on the |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
862 current value of @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}. |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
863 @end defun |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
864 |
| 84060 | 865 @vindex line-move-ignore-invisible |
| 866 Ordinarily, functions that operate on text or move point do not care | |
| 867 whether the text is invisible. The user-level line motion commands | |
|
102950
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
868 ignore invisible newlines if @code{line-move-ignore-invisible} is |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
869 non-@code{nil} (the default), but only because they are explicitly |
|
6a1a6758ec3e
* display.texi (Refresh Screen): Note that a passage about screen
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102932
diff
changeset
|
870 programmed to do so. |
| 84060 | 871 |
| 872 However, if a command ends with point inside or immediately before | |
| 873 invisible text, the main editing loop moves point further forward or | |
| 874 further backward (in the same direction that the command already moved | |
| 875 it) until that condition is no longer true. Thus, if the command | |
| 876 moved point back into an invisible range, Emacs moves point back to | |
| 877 the beginning of that range, and then back one more character. If the | |
| 878 command moved point forward into an invisible range, Emacs moves point | |
| 879 forward up to the first visible character that follows the invisible | |
| 880 text. | |
| 881 | |
| 882 Incremental search can make invisible overlays visible temporarily | |
| 883 and/or permanently when a match includes invisible text. To enable | |
| 884 this, the overlay should have a non-@code{nil} | |
| 885 @code{isearch-open-invisible} property. The property value should be a | |
| 886 function to be called with the overlay as an argument. This function | |
| 887 should make the overlay visible permanently; it is used when the match | |
| 888 overlaps the overlay on exit from the search. | |
| 889 | |
| 890 During the search, such overlays are made temporarily visible by | |
| 891 temporarily modifying their invisible and intangible properties. If you | |
| 892 want this to be done differently for a certain overlay, give it an | |
| 893 @code{isearch-open-invisible-temporary} property which is a function. | |
| 894 The function is called with two arguments: the first is the overlay, and | |
| 895 the second is @code{nil} to make the overlay visible, or @code{t} to | |
| 896 make it invisible again. | |
| 897 | |
| 898 @node Selective Display | |
| 899 @section Selective Display | |
| 900 @c @cindex selective display Duplicates selective-display | |
| 901 | |
| 902 @dfn{Selective display} refers to a pair of related features for | |
| 903 hiding certain lines on the screen. | |
| 904 | |
| 905 The first variant, explicit selective display, is designed for use | |
| 906 in a Lisp program: it controls which lines are hidden by altering the | |
| 907 text. This kind of hiding in some ways resembles the effect of the | |
| 908 @code{invisible} property (@pxref{Invisible Text}), but the two | |
| 909 features are different and do not work the same way. | |
| 910 | |
| 911 In the second variant, the choice of lines to hide is made | |
| 912 automatically based on indentation. This variant is designed to be a | |
| 913 user-level feature. | |
| 914 | |
| 915 The way you control explicit selective display is by replacing a | |
| 916 newline (control-j) with a carriage return (control-m). The text that | |
| 917 was formerly a line following that newline is now hidden. Strictly | |
| 918 speaking, it is temporarily no longer a line at all, since only | |
| 919 newlines can separate lines; it is now part of the previous line. | |
| 920 | |
| 921 Selective display does not directly affect editing commands. For | |
| 922 example, @kbd{C-f} (@code{forward-char}) moves point unhesitatingly | |
| 923 into hidden text. However, the replacement of newline characters with | |
| 924 carriage return characters affects some editing commands. For | |
| 925 example, @code{next-line} skips hidden lines, since it searches only | |
| 926 for newlines. Modes that use selective display can also define | |
| 927 commands that take account of the newlines, or that control which | |
| 928 parts of the text are hidden. | |
| 929 | |
| 930 When you write a selectively displayed buffer into a file, all the | |
| 931 control-m's are output as newlines. This means that when you next read | |
| 932 in the file, it looks OK, with nothing hidden. The selective display | |
| 933 effect is seen only within Emacs. | |
| 934 | |
| 935 @defvar selective-display | |
| 936 This buffer-local variable enables selective display. This means that | |
| 937 lines, or portions of lines, may be made hidden. | |
| 938 | |
| 939 @itemize @bullet | |
| 940 @item | |
| 941 If the value of @code{selective-display} is @code{t}, then the character | |
| 942 control-m marks the start of hidden text; the control-m, and the rest | |
| 943 of the line following it, are not displayed. This is explicit selective | |
| 944 display. | |
| 945 | |
| 946 @item | |
| 947 If the value of @code{selective-display} is a positive integer, then | |
| 948 lines that start with more than that many columns of indentation are not | |
| 949 displayed. | |
| 950 @end itemize | |
| 951 | |
| 952 When some portion of a buffer is hidden, the vertical movement | |
| 953 commands operate as if that portion did not exist, allowing a single | |
| 954 @code{next-line} command to skip any number of hidden lines. | |
| 955 However, character movement commands (such as @code{forward-char}) do | |
| 956 not skip the hidden portion, and it is possible (if tricky) to insert | |
| 957 or delete text in an hidden portion. | |
| 958 | |
| 959 In the examples below, we show the @emph{display appearance} of the | |
| 960 buffer @code{foo}, which changes with the value of | |
| 961 @code{selective-display}. The @emph{contents} of the buffer do not | |
| 962 change. | |
| 963 | |
| 964 @example | |
| 965 @group | |
| 966 (setq selective-display nil) | |
| 967 @result{} nil | |
| 968 | |
| 969 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 970 1 on this column | |
| 971 2on this column | |
| 972 3n this column | |
| 973 3n this column | |
| 974 2on this column | |
| 975 1 on this column | |
| 976 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 977 @end group | |
| 978 | |
| 979 @group | |
| 980 (setq selective-display 2) | |
| 981 @result{} 2 | |
| 982 | |
| 983 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 984 1 on this column | |
| 985 2on this column | |
| 986 2on this column | |
| 987 1 on this column | |
| 988 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 989 @end group | |
| 990 @end example | |
| 991 @end defvar | |
| 992 | |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
993 @defopt selective-display-ellipses |
| 84060 | 994 If this buffer-local variable is non-@code{nil}, then Emacs displays |
| 995 @samp{@dots{}} at the end of a line that is followed by hidden text. | |
| 996 This example is a continuation of the previous one. | |
| 997 | |
| 998 @example | |
| 999 @group | |
| 1000 (setq selective-display-ellipses t) | |
| 1001 @result{} t | |
| 1002 | |
| 1003 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 1004 1 on this column | |
| 1005 2on this column ... | |
| 1006 2on this column | |
| 1007 1 on this column | |
| 1008 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 1009 @end group | |
| 1010 @end example | |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 You can use a display table to substitute other text for the ellipsis | |
| 1013 (@samp{@dots{}}). @xref{Display Tables}. | |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
1014 @end defopt |
| 84060 | 1015 |
| 1016 @node Temporary Displays | |
| 1017 @section Temporary Displays | |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 Temporary displays are used by Lisp programs to put output into a | |
| 1020 buffer and then present it to the user for perusal rather than for | |
| 1021 editing. Many help commands use this feature. | |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 @defspec with-output-to-temp-buffer buffer-name forms@dots{} | |
| 1024 This function executes @var{forms} while arranging to insert any output | |
| 1025 they print into the buffer named @var{buffer-name}, which is first | |
| 1026 created if necessary, and put into Help mode. Finally, the buffer is | |
| 1027 displayed in some window, but not selected. | |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 If the @var{forms} do not change the major mode in the output buffer, | |
| 1030 so that it is still Help mode at the end of their execution, then | |
| 1031 @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} makes this buffer read-only at the | |
| 1032 end, and also scans it for function and variable names to make them | |
| 1033 into clickable cross-references. @xref{Docstring hyperlinks, , Tips | |
| 1034 for Documentation Strings}, in particular the item on hyperlinks in | |
| 1035 documentation strings, for more details. | |
| 1036 | |
| 1037 The string @var{buffer-name} specifies the temporary buffer, which | |
| 1038 need not already exist. The argument must be a string, not a buffer. | |
| 1039 The buffer is erased initially (with no questions asked), and it is | |
| 1040 marked as unmodified after @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} exits. | |
| 1041 | |
| 1042 @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} binds @code{standard-output} to the | |
| 1043 temporary buffer, then it evaluates the forms in @var{forms}. Output | |
| 1044 using the Lisp output functions within @var{forms} goes by default to | |
| 1045 that buffer (but screen display and messages in the echo area, although | |
| 1046 they are ``output'' in the general sense of the word, are not affected). | |
| 1047 @xref{Output Functions}. | |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 Several hooks are available for customizing the behavior | |
| 1050 of this construct; they are listed below. | |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 The value of the last form in @var{forms} is returned. | |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 @example | |
| 1055 @group | |
| 1056 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 1057 This is the contents of foo. | |
| 1058 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 1059 @end group | |
| 1060 | |
| 1061 @group | |
| 1062 (with-output-to-temp-buffer "foo" | |
| 1063 (print 20) | |
| 1064 (print standard-output)) | |
| 1065 @result{} #<buffer foo> | |
| 1066 | |
| 1067 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 1068 20 | |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 #<buffer foo> | |
| 1071 | |
| 1072 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 1073 @end group | |
| 1074 @end example | |
| 1075 @end defspec | |
| 1076 | |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
1077 @defopt temp-buffer-show-function |
| 84060 | 1078 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} |
| 1079 calls it as a function to do the job of displaying a help buffer. The | |
| 1080 function gets one argument, which is the buffer it should display. | |
| 1081 | |
| 1082 It is a good idea for this function to run @code{temp-buffer-show-hook} | |
| 1083 just as @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} normally would, inside of | |
| 1084 @code{save-selected-window} and with the chosen window and buffer | |
| 1085 selected. | |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
1086 @end defopt |
| 84060 | 1087 |
| 1088 @defvar temp-buffer-setup-hook | |
| 1089 This normal hook is run by @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} before | |
| 1090 evaluating @var{body}. When the hook runs, the temporary buffer is | |
| 1091 current. This hook is normally set up with a function to put the | |
| 1092 buffer in Help mode. | |
| 1093 @end defvar | |
| 1094 | |
| 1095 @defvar temp-buffer-show-hook | |
| 1096 This normal hook is run by @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} after | |
| 1097 displaying the temporary buffer. When the hook runs, the temporary buffer | |
|
97627
33d44d4ba1ed
(Temporary Displays): Remove unnecessary comment about usage of
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97043
diff
changeset
|
1098 is current, and the window it was displayed in is selected. |
| 84060 | 1099 @end defvar |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 @defun momentary-string-display string position &optional char message | |
| 1102 This function momentarily displays @var{string} in the current buffer at | |
| 1103 @var{position}. It has no effect on the undo list or on the buffer's | |
| 1104 modification status. | |
| 1105 | |
| 1106 The momentary display remains until the next input event. If the next | |
| 1107 input event is @var{char}, @code{momentary-string-display} ignores it | |
| 1108 and returns. Otherwise, that event remains buffered for subsequent use | |
| 1109 as input. Thus, typing @var{char} will simply remove the string from | |
| 1110 the display, while typing (say) @kbd{C-f} will remove the string from | |
| 1111 the display and later (presumably) move point forward. The argument | |
| 1112 @var{char} is a space by default. | |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 The return value of @code{momentary-string-display} is not meaningful. | |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 If the string @var{string} does not contain control characters, you can | |
| 1117 do the same job in a more general way by creating (and then subsequently | |
| 1118 deleting) an overlay with a @code{before-string} property. | |
| 1119 @xref{Overlay Properties}. | |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 If @var{message} is non-@code{nil}, it is displayed in the echo area | |
| 1122 while @var{string} is displayed in the buffer. If it is @code{nil}, a | |
| 1123 default message says to type @var{char} to continue. | |
| 1124 | |
| 1125 In this example, point is initially located at the beginning of the | |
| 1126 second line: | |
| 1127 | |
| 1128 @example | |
| 1129 @group | |
| 1130 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 1131 This is the contents of foo. | |
| 1132 @point{}Second line. | |
| 1133 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 1134 @end group | |
| 1135 | |
| 1136 @group | |
| 1137 (momentary-string-display | |
| 1138 "**** Important Message! ****" | |
| 1139 (point) ?\r | |
| 1140 "Type RET when done reading") | |
| 1141 @result{} t | |
| 1142 @end group | |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 @group | |
| 1145 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 1146 This is the contents of foo. | |
| 1147 **** Important Message! ****Second line. | |
| 1148 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 1149 | |
| 1150 ---------- Echo Area ---------- | |
| 1151 Type RET when done reading | |
| 1152 ---------- Echo Area ---------- | |
| 1153 @end group | |
| 1154 @end example | |
| 1155 @end defun | |
| 1156 | |
| 1157 @node Overlays | |
| 1158 @section Overlays | |
| 1159 @cindex overlays | |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 You can use @dfn{overlays} to alter the appearance of a buffer's text on | |
| 1162 the screen, for the sake of presentation features. An overlay is an | |
| 1163 object that belongs to a particular buffer, and has a specified | |
| 1164 beginning and end. It also has properties that you can examine and set; | |
| 1165 these affect the display of the text within the overlay. | |
| 1166 | |
|
102932
12eccf796fc2
(Overlays): Overlays don't scale well. See
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
102893
diff
changeset
|
1167 @cindex scalability of overlays |
|
12eccf796fc2
(Overlays): Overlays don't scale well. See
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
102893
diff
changeset
|
1168 The visual effect of an overlay is the same as of the corresponding |
|
12eccf796fc2
(Overlays): Overlays don't scale well. See
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
102893
diff
changeset
|
1169 text property (@pxref{Text Properties}). However, due to a different |
|
12eccf796fc2
(Overlays): Overlays don't scale well. See
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
102893
diff
changeset
|
1170 implementation, overlays generally don't scale well (many operations |
|
12eccf796fc2
(Overlays): Overlays don't scale well. See
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
102893
diff
changeset
|
1171 take a time that is proportional to the number of overlays in the |
|
12eccf796fc2
(Overlays): Overlays don't scale well. See
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
102893
diff
changeset
|
1172 buffer). If you need to affect the visual appearance of many portions |
|
102975
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
1173 in the buffer, we recommend using text properties. |
|
102932
12eccf796fc2
(Overlays): Overlays don't scale well. See
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
102893
diff
changeset
|
1174 |
| 84060 | 1175 An overlay uses markers to record its beginning and end; thus, |
| 1176 editing the text of the buffer adjusts the beginning and end of each | |
| 1177 overlay so that it stays with the text. When you create the overlay, | |
| 1178 you can specify whether text inserted at the beginning should be | |
| 1179 inside the overlay or outside, and likewise for the end of the overlay. | |
| 1180 | |
| 1181 @menu | |
| 1182 * Managing Overlays:: Creating and moving overlays. | |
| 1183 * Overlay Properties:: How to read and set properties. | |
| 1184 What properties do to the screen display. | |
| 1185 * Finding Overlays:: Searching for overlays. | |
| 1186 @end menu | |
| 1187 | |
| 1188 @node Managing Overlays | |
| 1189 @subsection Managing Overlays | |
| 1190 | |
| 1191 This section describes the functions to create, delete and move | |
| 1192 overlays, and to examine their contents. Overlay changes are not | |
| 1193 recorded in the buffer's undo list, since the overlays are not | |
| 1194 part of the buffer's contents. | |
| 1195 | |
| 1196 @defun overlayp object | |
| 1197 This function returns @code{t} if @var{object} is an overlay. | |
| 1198 @end defun | |
| 1199 | |
| 1200 @defun make-overlay start end &optional buffer front-advance rear-advance | |
| 1201 This function creates and returns an overlay that belongs to | |
| 1202 @var{buffer} and ranges from @var{start} to @var{end}. Both @var{start} | |
| 1203 and @var{end} must specify buffer positions; they may be integers or | |
| 1204 markers. If @var{buffer} is omitted, the overlay is created in the | |
| 1205 current buffer. | |
| 1206 | |
| 1207 The arguments @var{front-advance} and @var{rear-advance} specify the | |
| 1208 marker insertion type for the start of the overlay and for the end of | |
| 1209 the overlay, respectively. @xref{Marker Insertion Types}. If they | |
| 1210 are both @code{nil}, the default, then the overlay extends to include | |
| 1211 any text inserted at the beginning, but not text inserted at the end. | |
| 1212 If @var{front-advance} is non-@code{nil}, text inserted at the | |
| 1213 beginning of the overlay is excluded from the overlay. If | |
| 1214 @var{rear-advance} is non-@code{nil}, text inserted at the end of the | |
| 1215 overlay is included in the overlay. | |
| 1216 @end defun | |
| 1217 | |
| 1218 @defun overlay-start overlay | |
| 1219 This function returns the position at which @var{overlay} starts, | |
| 1220 as an integer. | |
| 1221 @end defun | |
| 1222 | |
| 1223 @defun overlay-end overlay | |
| 1224 This function returns the position at which @var{overlay} ends, | |
| 1225 as an integer. | |
| 1226 @end defun | |
| 1227 | |
| 1228 @defun overlay-buffer overlay | |
| 1229 This function returns the buffer that @var{overlay} belongs to. It | |
| 1230 returns @code{nil} if @var{overlay} has been deleted. | |
| 1231 @end defun | |
| 1232 | |
| 1233 @defun delete-overlay overlay | |
| 1234 This function deletes @var{overlay}. The overlay continues to exist as | |
| 1235 a Lisp object, and its property list is unchanged, but it ceases to be | |
| 1236 attached to the buffer it belonged to, and ceases to have any effect on | |
| 1237 display. | |
| 1238 | |
| 1239 A deleted overlay is not permanently disconnected. You can give it a | |
| 1240 position in a buffer again by calling @code{move-overlay}. | |
| 1241 @end defun | |
| 1242 | |
| 1243 @defun move-overlay overlay start end &optional buffer | |
| 1244 This function moves @var{overlay} to @var{buffer}, and places its bounds | |
| 1245 at @var{start} and @var{end}. Both arguments @var{start} and @var{end} | |
| 1246 must specify buffer positions; they may be integers or markers. | |
| 1247 | |
| 1248 If @var{buffer} is omitted, @var{overlay} stays in the same buffer it | |
| 1249 was already associated with; if @var{overlay} was deleted, it goes into | |
| 1250 the current buffer. | |
| 1251 | |
| 1252 The return value is @var{overlay}. | |
| 1253 | |
| 1254 This is the only valid way to change the endpoints of an overlay. Do | |
| 1255 not try modifying the markers in the overlay by hand, as that fails to | |
| 1256 update other vital data structures and can cause some overlays to be | |
| 1257 ``lost.'' | |
| 1258 @end defun | |
| 1259 | |
| 1260 @defun remove-overlays &optional start end name value | |
| 1261 This function removes all the overlays between @var{start} and | |
| 1262 @var{end} whose property @var{name} has the value @var{value}. It can | |
| 1263 move the endpoints of the overlays in the region, or split them. | |
| 1264 | |
| 1265 If @var{name} is omitted or @code{nil}, it means to delete all overlays in | |
| 1266 the specified region. If @var{start} and/or @var{end} are omitted or | |
| 1267 @code{nil}, that means the beginning and end of the buffer respectively. | |
| 1268 Therefore, @code{(remove-overlays)} removes all the overlays in the | |
| 1269 current buffer. | |
| 1270 @end defun | |
| 1271 | |
|
105192
43be71d128b2
* display.texi (Managing Overlays): Document copy-overlay (Bug#4549).
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
104766
diff
changeset
|
1272 @defun copy-overlay overlay |
|
43be71d128b2
* display.texi (Managing Overlays): Document copy-overlay (Bug#4549).
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
104766
diff
changeset
|
1273 This function returns a copy of @var{overlay}. The copy has the same |
|
43be71d128b2
* display.texi (Managing Overlays): Document copy-overlay (Bug#4549).
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
104766
diff
changeset
|
1274 endpoints and properties as @var{overlay}. However, the marker |
|
43be71d128b2
* display.texi (Managing Overlays): Document copy-overlay (Bug#4549).
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
104766
diff
changeset
|
1275 insertion type for the start of the overlay and for the end of the |
|
43be71d128b2
* display.texi (Managing Overlays): Document copy-overlay (Bug#4549).
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
104766
diff
changeset
|
1276 overlay are set to their default values (@pxref{Marker Insertion |
|
43be71d128b2
* display.texi (Managing Overlays): Document copy-overlay (Bug#4549).
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
104766
diff
changeset
|
1277 Types}). |
|
43be71d128b2
* display.texi (Managing Overlays): Document copy-overlay (Bug#4549).
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
104766
diff
changeset
|
1278 @end defun |
|
43be71d128b2
* display.texi (Managing Overlays): Document copy-overlay (Bug#4549).
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
104766
diff
changeset
|
1279 |
| 84060 | 1280 Here are some examples: |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 @example | |
| 1283 ;; @r{Create an overlay.} | |
| 1284 (setq foo (make-overlay 1 10)) | |
| 1285 @result{} #<overlay from 1 to 10 in display.texi> | |
| 1286 (overlay-start foo) | |
| 1287 @result{} 1 | |
| 1288 (overlay-end foo) | |
| 1289 @result{} 10 | |
| 1290 (overlay-buffer foo) | |
| 1291 @result{} #<buffer display.texi> | |
| 1292 ;; @r{Give it a property we can check later.} | |
| 1293 (overlay-put foo 'happy t) | |
| 1294 @result{} t | |
| 1295 ;; @r{Verify the property is present.} | |
| 1296 (overlay-get foo 'happy) | |
| 1297 @result{} t | |
| 1298 ;; @r{Move the overlay.} | |
| 1299 (move-overlay foo 5 20) | |
| 1300 @result{} #<overlay from 5 to 20 in display.texi> | |
| 1301 (overlay-start foo) | |
| 1302 @result{} 5 | |
| 1303 (overlay-end foo) | |
| 1304 @result{} 20 | |
| 1305 ;; @r{Delete the overlay.} | |
| 1306 (delete-overlay foo) | |
| 1307 @result{} nil | |
| 1308 ;; @r{Verify it is deleted.} | |
| 1309 foo | |
| 1310 @result{} #<overlay in no buffer> | |
| 1311 ;; @r{A deleted overlay has no position.} | |
| 1312 (overlay-start foo) | |
| 1313 @result{} nil | |
| 1314 (overlay-end foo) | |
| 1315 @result{} nil | |
| 1316 (overlay-buffer foo) | |
| 1317 @result{} nil | |
| 1318 ;; @r{Undelete the overlay.} | |
| 1319 (move-overlay foo 1 20) | |
| 1320 @result{} #<overlay from 1 to 20 in display.texi> | |
| 1321 ;; @r{Verify the results.} | |
| 1322 (overlay-start foo) | |
| 1323 @result{} 1 | |
| 1324 (overlay-end foo) | |
| 1325 @result{} 20 | |
| 1326 (overlay-buffer foo) | |
| 1327 @result{} #<buffer display.texi> | |
| 1328 ;; @r{Moving and deleting the overlay does not change its properties.} | |
| 1329 (overlay-get foo 'happy) | |
| 1330 @result{} t | |
| 1331 @end example | |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 Emacs stores the overlays of each buffer in two lists, divided | |
| 1334 around an arbitrary ``center position.'' One list extends backwards | |
| 1335 through the buffer from that center position, and the other extends | |
| 1336 forwards from that center position. The center position can be anywhere | |
| 1337 in the buffer. | |
| 1338 | |
| 1339 @defun overlay-recenter pos | |
| 1340 This function recenters the overlays of the current buffer around | |
| 1341 position @var{pos}. That makes overlay lookup faster for positions | |
| 1342 near @var{pos}, but slower for positions far away from @var{pos}. | |
| 1343 @end defun | |
| 1344 | |
| 1345 A loop that scans the buffer forwards, creating overlays, can run | |
| 1346 faster if you do @code{(overlay-recenter (point-max))} first. | |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 @node Overlay Properties | |
| 1349 @subsection Overlay Properties | |
| 1350 | |
| 1351 Overlay properties are like text properties in that the properties that | |
| 1352 alter how a character is displayed can come from either source. But in | |
| 1353 most respects they are different. @xref{Text Properties}, for comparison. | |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 Text properties are considered a part of the text; overlays and | |
| 1356 their properties are specifically considered not to be part of the | |
| 1357 text. Thus, copying text between various buffers and strings | |
| 1358 preserves text properties, but does not try to preserve overlays. | |
| 1359 Changing a buffer's text properties marks the buffer as modified, | |
| 1360 while moving an overlay or changing its properties does not. Unlike | |
| 1361 text property changes, overlay property changes are not recorded in | |
| 1362 the buffer's undo list. | |
| 1363 | |
|
85004
b516a4e62b87
(Overlay Properties): Explain nil as priority. Explain that conflicts
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
84116
diff
changeset
|
1364 Since more than one overlay can specify a property value for the |
|
b516a4e62b87
(Overlay Properties): Explain nil as priority. Explain that conflicts
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
84116
diff
changeset
|
1365 same character, Emacs lets you specify a priority value of each |
|
b516a4e62b87
(Overlay Properties): Explain nil as priority. Explain that conflicts
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
84116
diff
changeset
|
1366 overlay. You should not make assumptions about which overlay will |
|
b516a4e62b87
(Overlay Properties): Explain nil as priority. Explain that conflicts
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
84116
diff
changeset
|
1367 prevail when there is a conflict and they have the same priority. |
|
b516a4e62b87
(Overlay Properties): Explain nil as priority. Explain that conflicts
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
84116
diff
changeset
|
1368 |
| 84060 | 1369 These functions read and set the properties of an overlay: |
| 1370 | |
| 1371 @defun overlay-get overlay prop | |
| 1372 This function returns the value of property @var{prop} recorded in | |
| 1373 @var{overlay}, if any. If @var{overlay} does not record any value for | |
| 1374 that property, but it does have a @code{category} property which is a | |
| 1375 symbol, that symbol's @var{prop} property is used. Otherwise, the value | |
| 1376 is @code{nil}. | |
| 1377 @end defun | |
| 1378 | |
| 1379 @defun overlay-put overlay prop value | |
| 1380 This function sets the value of property @var{prop} recorded in | |
| 1381 @var{overlay} to @var{value}. It returns @var{value}. | |
| 1382 @end defun | |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 @defun overlay-properties overlay | |
| 1385 This returns a copy of the property list of @var{overlay}. | |
| 1386 @end defun | |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 See also the function @code{get-char-property} which checks both | |
| 1389 overlay properties and text properties for a given character. | |
| 1390 @xref{Examining Properties}. | |
| 1391 | |
| 1392 Many overlay properties have special meanings; here is a table | |
| 1393 of them: | |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 @table @code | |
| 1396 @item priority | |
| 1397 @kindex priority @r{(overlay property)} | |
| 1398 This property's value (which should be a nonnegative integer number) | |
|
85004
b516a4e62b87
(Overlay Properties): Explain nil as priority. Explain that conflicts
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
84116
diff
changeset
|
1399 determines the priority of the overlay. No priority, or @code{nil}, |
|
b516a4e62b87
(Overlay Properties): Explain nil as priority. Explain that conflicts
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
84116
diff
changeset
|
1400 means zero. |
|
b516a4e62b87
(Overlay Properties): Explain nil as priority. Explain that conflicts
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
84116
diff
changeset
|
1401 |
|
b516a4e62b87
(Overlay Properties): Explain nil as priority. Explain that conflicts
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
84116
diff
changeset
|
1402 The priority matters when two or more overlays cover the same |
|
b516a4e62b87
(Overlay Properties): Explain nil as priority. Explain that conflicts
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
84116
diff
changeset
|
1403 character and both specify the same property; the one whose |
|
b516a4e62b87
(Overlay Properties): Explain nil as priority. Explain that conflicts
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
84116
diff
changeset
|
1404 @code{priority} value is larger overrides the other. For the |
|
b516a4e62b87
(Overlay Properties): Explain nil as priority. Explain that conflicts
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
84116
diff
changeset
|
1405 @code{face} property, the higher priority overlay's value does not |
|
b516a4e62b87
(Overlay Properties): Explain nil as priority. Explain that conflicts
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
84116
diff
changeset
|
1406 completely override the other value; instead, its face attributes |
|
b516a4e62b87
(Overlay Properties): Explain nil as priority. Explain that conflicts
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
84116
diff
changeset
|
1407 override the face attributes of the lower priority @code{face} |
|
b516a4e62b87
(Overlay Properties): Explain nil as priority. Explain that conflicts
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
84116
diff
changeset
|
1408 property. |
| 84060 | 1409 |
| 1410 Currently, all overlays take priority over text properties. Please | |
| 1411 avoid using negative priority values, as we have not yet decided just | |
| 1412 what they should mean. | |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 @item window | |
| 1415 @kindex window @r{(overlay property)} | |
| 1416 If the @code{window} property is non-@code{nil}, then the overlay | |
| 1417 applies only on that window. | |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 @item category | |
| 1420 @kindex category @r{(overlay property)} | |
| 1421 If an overlay has a @code{category} property, we call it the | |
| 1422 @dfn{category} of the overlay. It should be a symbol. The properties | |
| 1423 of the symbol serve as defaults for the properties of the overlay. | |
| 1424 | |
| 1425 @item face | |
| 1426 @kindex face @r{(overlay property)} | |
| 1427 This property controls the way text is displayed---for example, which | |
| 1428 font and which colors. @xref{Faces}, for more information. | |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 In the simplest case, the value is a face name. It can also be a list; | |
| 1431 then each element can be any of these possibilities: | |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 @itemize @bullet | |
| 1434 @item | |
| 1435 A face name (a symbol or string). | |
| 1436 | |
| 1437 @item | |
| 1438 A property list of face attributes. This has the form (@var{keyword} | |
| 1439 @var{value} @dots{}), where each @var{keyword} is a face attribute | |
| 1440 name and @var{value} is a meaningful value for that attribute. With | |
| 1441 this feature, you do not need to create a face each time you want to | |
| 1442 specify a particular attribute for certain text. @xref{Face | |
| 1443 Attributes}. | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 @item | |
| 1446 A cons cell, either of the form @code{(foreground-color . @var{color-name})} or | |
| 1447 @code{(background-color . @var{color-name})}. These elements specify | |
| 1448 just the foreground color or just the background color. | |
| 1449 | |
| 1450 @code{(foreground-color . @var{color-name})} has the same effect as | |
| 1451 @code{(:foreground @var{color-name})}; likewise for the background. | |
| 1452 @end itemize | |
| 1453 | |
| 1454 @item mouse-face | |
| 1455 @kindex mouse-face @r{(overlay property)} | |
| 1456 This property is used instead of @code{face} when the mouse is within | |
| 1457 the range of the overlay. | |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 @item display | |
| 1460 @kindex display @r{(overlay property)} | |
| 1461 This property activates various features that change the | |
| 1462 way text is displayed. For example, it can make text appear taller | |
| 1463 or shorter, higher or lower, wider or narrower, or replaced with an image. | |
| 1464 @xref{Display Property}. | |
| 1465 | |
| 1466 @item help-echo | |
| 1467 @kindex help-echo @r{(overlay property)} | |
| 1468 If an overlay has a @code{help-echo} property, then when you move the | |
| 1469 mouse onto the text in the overlay, Emacs displays a help string in the | |
| 1470 echo area, or in the tooltip window. For details see @ref{Text | |
| 1471 help-echo}. | |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 @item modification-hooks | |
| 1474 @kindex modification-hooks @r{(overlay property)} | |
| 1475 This property's value is a list of functions to be called if any | |
| 1476 character within the overlay is changed or if text is inserted strictly | |
| 1477 within the overlay. | |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 The hook functions are called both before and after each change. | |
| 1480 If the functions save the information they receive, and compare notes | |
| 1481 between calls, they can determine exactly what change has been made | |
| 1482 in the buffer text. | |
| 1483 | |
| 1484 When called before a change, each function receives four arguments: the | |
| 1485 overlay, @code{nil}, and the beginning and end of the text range to be | |
| 1486 modified. | |
| 1487 | |
| 1488 When called after a change, each function receives five arguments: the | |
| 1489 overlay, @code{t}, the beginning and end of the text range just | |
| 1490 modified, and the length of the pre-change text replaced by that range. | |
| 1491 (For an insertion, the pre-change length is zero; for a deletion, that | |
| 1492 length is the number of characters deleted, and the post-change | |
| 1493 beginning and end are equal.) | |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 If these functions modify the buffer, they should bind | |
| 1496 @code{inhibit-modification-hooks} to @code{t} around doing so, to | |
| 1497 avoid confusing the internal mechanism that calls these hooks. | |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 Text properties also support the @code{modification-hooks} property, | |
| 1500 but the details are somewhat different (@pxref{Special Properties}). | |
| 1501 | |
| 1502 @item insert-in-front-hooks | |
| 1503 @kindex insert-in-front-hooks @r{(overlay property)} | |
| 1504 This property's value is a list of functions to be called before and | |
| 1505 after inserting text right at the beginning of the overlay. The calling | |
| 1506 conventions are the same as for the @code{modification-hooks} functions. | |
| 1507 | |
| 1508 @item insert-behind-hooks | |
| 1509 @kindex insert-behind-hooks @r{(overlay property)} | |
| 1510 This property's value is a list of functions to be called before and | |
| 1511 after inserting text right at the end of the overlay. The calling | |
| 1512 conventions are the same as for the @code{modification-hooks} functions. | |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 @item invisible | |
| 1515 @kindex invisible @r{(overlay property)} | |
| 1516 The @code{invisible} property can make the text in the overlay | |
| 1517 invisible, which means that it does not appear on the screen. | |
| 1518 @xref{Invisible Text}, for details. | |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 @item intangible | |
| 1521 @kindex intangible @r{(overlay property)} | |
| 1522 The @code{intangible} property on an overlay works just like the | |
| 1523 @code{intangible} text property. @xref{Special Properties}, for details. | |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 @item isearch-open-invisible | |
| 1526 This property tells incremental search how to make an invisible overlay | |
| 1527 visible, permanently, if the final match overlaps it. @xref{Invisible | |
| 1528 Text}. | |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 @item isearch-open-invisible-temporary | |
| 1531 This property tells incremental search how to make an invisible overlay | |
| 1532 visible, temporarily, during the search. @xref{Invisible Text}. | |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 @item before-string | |
| 1535 @kindex before-string @r{(overlay property)} | |
| 1536 This property's value is a string to add to the display at the beginning | |
| 1537 of the overlay. The string does not appear in the buffer in any | |
| 1538 sense---only on the screen. | |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 @item after-string | |
| 1541 @kindex after-string @r{(overlay property)} | |
| 1542 This property's value is a string to add to the display at the end of | |
| 1543 the overlay. The string does not appear in the buffer in any | |
| 1544 sense---only on the screen. | |
| 1545 | |
|
102975
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
1546 @item line-prefix |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
1547 This property specifies a display spec to prepend to each |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
1548 non-continuation line at display-time. @xref{Truncation}. |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
1549 |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
1550 @itemx wrap-prefix |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
1551 This property specifies a display spec to prepend to each continuation |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
1552 line at display-time. @xref{Truncation}. |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
1553 |
| 84060 | 1554 @item evaporate |
| 1555 @kindex evaporate @r{(overlay property)} | |
| 1556 If this property is non-@code{nil}, the overlay is deleted automatically | |
| 1557 if it becomes empty (i.e., if its length becomes zero). If you give | |
| 1558 an empty overlay a non-@code{nil} @code{evaporate} property, that deletes | |
| 1559 it immediately. | |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 @item local-map | |
| 1562 @cindex keymap of character (and overlays) | |
| 1563 @kindex local-map @r{(overlay property)} | |
| 1564 If this property is non-@code{nil}, it specifies a keymap for a portion | |
| 1565 of the text. The property's value replaces the buffer's local map, when | |
| 1566 the character after point is within the overlay. @xref{Active Keymaps}. | |
| 1567 | |
| 1568 @item keymap | |
| 1569 @kindex keymap @r{(overlay property)} | |
| 1570 The @code{keymap} property is similar to @code{local-map} but overrides the | |
| 1571 buffer's local map (and the map specified by the @code{local-map} | |
| 1572 property) rather than replacing it. | |
| 1573 @end table | |
| 1574 | |
|
94197
3ce489895028
(Overlay Properties): Clarify role of underlying textprop and overlay
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
92977
diff
changeset
|
1575 The @code{local-map} and @code{keymap} properties do not affect a |
|
3ce489895028
(Overlay Properties): Clarify role of underlying textprop and overlay
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
92977
diff
changeset
|
1576 string displayed by the @code{before-string}, @code{after-string}, or |
|
3ce489895028
(Overlay Properties): Clarify role of underlying textprop and overlay
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
92977
diff
changeset
|
1577 @code{display} properties. This is only relevant for mouse clicks and |
|
3ce489895028
(Overlay Properties): Clarify role of underlying textprop and overlay
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
92977
diff
changeset
|
1578 other mouse events that fall on the string, since point is never on |
|
3ce489895028
(Overlay Properties): Clarify role of underlying textprop and overlay
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
92977
diff
changeset
|
1579 the string. To bind special mouse events for the string, assign it a |
|
3ce489895028
(Overlay Properties): Clarify role of underlying textprop and overlay
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
92977
diff
changeset
|
1580 @code{local-map} or @code{keymap} text property. @xref{Special |
|
3ce489895028
(Overlay Properties): Clarify role of underlying textprop and overlay
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
92977
diff
changeset
|
1581 Properties}. |
|
3ce489895028
(Overlay Properties): Clarify role of underlying textprop and overlay
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
92977
diff
changeset
|
1582 |
| 84060 | 1583 @node Finding Overlays |
| 1584 @subsection Searching for Overlays | |
| 1585 | |
| 1586 @defun overlays-at pos | |
| 1587 This function returns a list of all the overlays that cover the | |
| 1588 character at position @var{pos} in the current buffer. The list is in | |
| 1589 no particular order. An overlay contains position @var{pos} if it | |
| 1590 begins at or before @var{pos}, and ends after @var{pos}. | |
| 1591 | |
| 1592 To illustrate usage, here is a Lisp function that returns a list of the | |
| 1593 overlays that specify property @var{prop} for the character at point: | |
| 1594 | |
| 1595 @smallexample | |
| 1596 (defun find-overlays-specifying (prop) | |
| 1597 (let ((overlays (overlays-at (point))) | |
| 1598 found) | |
| 1599 (while overlays | |
| 1600 (let ((overlay (car overlays))) | |
| 1601 (if (overlay-get overlay prop) | |
| 1602 (setq found (cons overlay found)))) | |
| 1603 (setq overlays (cdr overlays))) | |
| 1604 found)) | |
| 1605 @end smallexample | |
| 1606 @end defun | |
| 1607 | |
| 1608 @defun overlays-in beg end | |
| 1609 This function returns a list of the overlays that overlap the region | |
| 1610 @var{beg} through @var{end}. ``Overlap'' means that at least one | |
| 1611 character is contained within the overlay and also contained within the | |
| 1612 specified region; however, empty overlays are included in the result if | |
|
92977
8a79cbd87921
(Finding Overlays): Say that empty overlays at
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
92150
diff
changeset
|
1613 they are located at @var{beg}, strictly between @var{beg} and @var{end}, |
|
8a79cbd87921
(Finding Overlays): Say that empty overlays at
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
92150
diff
changeset
|
1614 or at @var{end} when @var{end} denotes the position at the end of the |
|
8a79cbd87921
(Finding Overlays): Say that empty overlays at
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
92150
diff
changeset
|
1615 buffer. |
| 84060 | 1616 @end defun |
| 1617 | |
| 1618 @defun next-overlay-change pos | |
| 1619 This function returns the buffer position of the next beginning or end | |
| 1620 of an overlay, after @var{pos}. If there is none, it returns | |
| 1621 @code{(point-max)}. | |
| 1622 @end defun | |
| 1623 | |
| 1624 @defun previous-overlay-change pos | |
| 1625 This function returns the buffer position of the previous beginning or | |
| 1626 end of an overlay, before @var{pos}. If there is none, it returns | |
| 1627 @code{(point-min)}. | |
| 1628 @end defun | |
| 1629 | |
| 1630 As an example, here's a simplified (and inefficient) version of the | |
| 1631 primitive function @code{next-single-char-property-change} | |
| 1632 (@pxref{Property Search}). It searches forward from position | |
| 1633 @var{pos} for the next position where the value of a given property | |
| 1634 @code{prop}, as obtained from either overlays or text properties, | |
| 1635 changes. | |
| 1636 | |
| 1637 @smallexample | |
| 1638 (defun next-single-char-property-change (position prop) | |
| 1639 (save-excursion | |
| 1640 (goto-char position) | |
| 1641 (let ((propval (get-char-property (point) prop))) | |
| 1642 (while (and (not (eobp)) | |
| 1643 (eq (get-char-property (point) prop) propval)) | |
| 1644 (goto-char (min (next-overlay-change (point)) | |
| 1645 (next-single-property-change (point) prop))))) | |
| 1646 (point))) | |
| 1647 @end smallexample | |
| 1648 | |
| 1649 @node Width | |
| 1650 @section Width | |
| 1651 | |
| 1652 Since not all characters have the same width, these functions let you | |
| 1653 check the width of a character. @xref{Primitive Indent}, and | |
| 1654 @ref{Screen Lines}, for related functions. | |
| 1655 | |
| 1656 @defun char-width char | |
| 1657 This function returns the width in columns of the character @var{char}, | |
| 1658 if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window. | |
| 1659 @end defun | |
| 1660 | |
| 1661 @defun string-width string | |
| 1662 This function returns the width in columns of the string @var{string}, | |
| 1663 if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window. | |
| 1664 @end defun | |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 @defun truncate-string-to-width string width &optional start-column padding ellipsis | |
| 1667 This function returns the part of @var{string} that fits within | |
| 1668 @var{width} columns, as a new string. | |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 If @var{string} does not reach @var{width}, then the result ends where | |
| 1671 @var{string} ends. If one multi-column character in @var{string} | |
| 1672 extends across the column @var{width}, that character is not included in | |
| 1673 the result. Thus, the result can fall short of @var{width} but cannot | |
| 1674 go beyond it. | |
| 1675 | |
| 1676 The optional argument @var{start-column} specifies the starting column. | |
| 1677 If this is non-@code{nil}, then the first @var{start-column} columns of | |
| 1678 the string are omitted from the value. If one multi-column character in | |
| 1679 @var{string} extends across the column @var{start-column}, that | |
| 1680 character is not included. | |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 The optional argument @var{padding}, if non-@code{nil}, is a padding | |
| 1683 character added at the beginning and end of the result string, to extend | |
| 1684 it to exactly @var{width} columns. The padding character is used at the | |
| 1685 end of the result if it falls short of @var{width}. It is also used at | |
| 1686 the beginning of the result if one multi-column character in | |
| 1687 @var{string} extends across the column @var{start-column}. | |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 If @var{ellipsis} is non-@code{nil}, it should be a string which will | |
| 1690 replace the end of @var{str} (including any padding) if it extends | |
| 1691 beyond @var{end-column}, unless the display width of @var{str} is | |
| 1692 equal to or less than the display width of @var{ellipsis}. If | |
| 1693 @var{ellipsis} is non-@code{nil} and not a string, it stands for | |
| 1694 @code{"..."}. | |
| 1695 | |
| 1696 @example | |
| 1697 (truncate-string-to-width "\tab\t" 12 4) | |
| 1698 @result{} "ab" | |
| 1699 (truncate-string-to-width "\tab\t" 12 4 ?\s) | |
| 1700 @result{} " ab " | |
| 1701 @end example | |
| 1702 @end defun | |
| 1703 | |
| 1704 @node Line Height | |
| 1705 @section Line Height | |
| 1706 @cindex line height | |
| 1707 | |
| 1708 The total height of each display line consists of the height of the | |
| 1709 contents of the line, plus optional additional vertical line spacing | |
| 1710 above or below the display line. | |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 The height of the line contents is the maximum height of any | |
| 1713 character or image on that display line, including the final newline | |
| 1714 if there is one. (A display line that is continued doesn't include a | |
| 1715 final newline.) That is the default line height, if you do nothing to | |
| 1716 specify a greater height. (In the most common case, this equals the | |
| 1717 height of the default frame font.) | |
| 1718 | |
| 1719 There are several ways to explicitly specify a larger line height, | |
| 1720 either by specifying an absolute height for the display line, or by | |
| 1721 specifying vertical space. However, no matter what you specify, the | |
| 1722 actual line height can never be less than the default. | |
| 1723 | |
| 1724 @kindex line-height @r{(text property)} | |
| 1725 A newline can have a @code{line-height} text or overlay property | |
| 1726 that controls the total height of the display line ending in that | |
| 1727 newline. | |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 If the property value is @code{t}, the newline character has no | |
| 1730 effect on the displayed height of the line---the visible contents | |
| 1731 alone determine the height. This is useful for tiling small images | |
| 1732 (or image slices) without adding blank areas between the images. | |
| 1733 | |
| 1734 If the property value is a list of the form @code{(@var{height} | |
| 1735 @var{total})}, that adds extra space @emph{below} the display line. | |
| 1736 First Emacs uses @var{height} as a height spec to control extra space | |
| 1737 @emph{above} the line; then it adds enough space @emph{below} the line | |
| 1738 to bring the total line height up to @var{total}. In this case, the | |
| 1739 other ways to specify the line spacing are ignored. | |
| 1740 | |
| 1741 Any other kind of property value is a height spec, which translates | |
| 1742 into a number---the specified line height. There are several ways to | |
| 1743 write a height spec; here's how each of them translates into a number: | |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 @table @code | |
| 1746 @item @var{integer} | |
| 1747 If the height spec is a positive integer, the height value is that integer. | |
| 1748 @item @var{float} | |
| 1749 If the height spec is a float, @var{float}, the numeric height value | |
| 1750 is @var{float} times the frame's default line height. | |
| 1751 @item (@var{face} . @var{ratio}) | |
| 1752 If the height spec is a cons of the format shown, the numeric height | |
| 1753 is @var{ratio} times the height of face @var{face}. @var{ratio} can | |
| 1754 be any type of number, or @code{nil} which means a ratio of 1. | |
| 1755 If @var{face} is @code{t}, it refers to the current face. | |
| 1756 @item (nil . @var{ratio}) | |
| 1757 If the height spec is a cons of the format shown, the numeric height | |
| 1758 is @var{ratio} times the height of the contents of the line. | |
| 1759 @end table | |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 Thus, any valid height spec determines the height in pixels, one way | |
| 1762 or another. If the line contents' height is less than that, Emacs | |
| 1763 adds extra vertical space above the line to achieve the specified | |
| 1764 total height. | |
| 1765 | |
| 1766 If you don't specify the @code{line-height} property, the line's | |
| 1767 height consists of the contents' height plus the line spacing. | |
| 1768 There are several ways to specify the line spacing for different | |
| 1769 parts of Emacs text. | |
| 1770 | |
|
102981
789bf99f58e7
* display.texi (Line Height): Emphasize that line-spacing only takes
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102975
diff
changeset
|
1771 On graphical terminals, you can specify the line spacing for all |
|
789bf99f58e7
* display.texi (Line Height): Emphasize that line-spacing only takes
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102975
diff
changeset
|
1772 lines in a frame, using the @code{line-spacing} frame parameter |
|
104626
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104570
diff
changeset
|
1773 (@pxref{Layout Parameters}). However, if the default value of |
|
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104570
diff
changeset
|
1774 @code{line-spacing} is non-@code{nil}, it overrides the |
|
102981
789bf99f58e7
* display.texi (Line Height): Emphasize that line-spacing only takes
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102975
diff
changeset
|
1775 frame's @code{line-spacing} parameter. An integer value specifies the |
|
789bf99f58e7
* display.texi (Line Height): Emphasize that line-spacing only takes
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102975
diff
changeset
|
1776 number of pixels put below lines. A floating point number specifies |
|
789bf99f58e7
* display.texi (Line Height): Emphasize that line-spacing only takes
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102975
diff
changeset
|
1777 the spacing relative to the frame's default line height. |
| 84060 | 1778 |
| 1779 @vindex line-spacing | |
| 1780 You can specify the line spacing for all lines in a buffer via the | |
| 1781 buffer-local @code{line-spacing} variable. An integer value specifies | |
|
102981
789bf99f58e7
* display.texi (Line Height): Emphasize that line-spacing only takes
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102975
diff
changeset
|
1782 the number of pixels put below lines. A floating point number |
|
789bf99f58e7
* display.texi (Line Height): Emphasize that line-spacing only takes
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102975
diff
changeset
|
1783 specifies the spacing relative to the default frame line height. This |
|
789bf99f58e7
* display.texi (Line Height): Emphasize that line-spacing only takes
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102975
diff
changeset
|
1784 overrides line spacings specified for the frame. |
| 84060 | 1785 |
| 1786 @kindex line-spacing @r{(text property)} | |
| 1787 Finally, a newline can have a @code{line-spacing} text or overlay | |
| 1788 property that overrides the default frame line spacing and the buffer | |
| 1789 local @code{line-spacing} variable, for the display line ending in | |
| 1790 that newline. | |
| 1791 | |
| 1792 One way or another, these mechanisms specify a Lisp value for the | |
| 1793 spacing of each line. The value is a height spec, and it translates | |
| 1794 into a Lisp value as described above. However, in this case the | |
| 1795 numeric height value specifies the line spacing, rather than the line | |
| 1796 height. | |
| 1797 | |
|
102981
789bf99f58e7
* display.texi (Line Height): Emphasize that line-spacing only takes
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102975
diff
changeset
|
1798 On text-only terminals, the line spacing cannot be altered. |
|
789bf99f58e7
* display.texi (Line Height): Emphasize that line-spacing only takes
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102975
diff
changeset
|
1799 |
| 84060 | 1800 @node Faces |
| 1801 @section Faces | |
| 1802 @cindex faces | |
| 1803 | |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1804 A @dfn{face} is a collection of graphical attributes for displaying |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1805 text: font family, foreground color, background color, optional |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1806 underlining, and so on. Faces control how buffer text is displayed, |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1807 and how some parts of the frame, such as the mode-line, are displayed. |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1808 @xref{Standard Faces,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for the list of |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1809 faces Emacs normally comes with. |
| 84060 | 1810 |
| 1811 @cindex face id | |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1812 For most purposes, you refer to a face in Lisp programs using its |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1813 @dfn{face name}. This is either a string or (equivalently) a Lisp |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1814 symbol whose name is equal to that string. |
| 84060 | 1815 |
| 1816 @defun facep object | |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1817 This function returns a non-@code{nil} value if @var{object} is a Lisp |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1818 symbol or string that names a face. Otherwise, it returns @code{nil}. |
| 84060 | 1819 @end defun |
| 1820 | |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1821 Each face name is meaningful for all frames, and by default it has |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1822 the same meaning in all frames. But you can arrange to give a |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1823 particular face name a special meaning in one frame if you wish. |
| 84060 | 1824 |
| 1825 @menu | |
| 1826 * Defining Faces:: How to define a face with @code{defface}. | |
| 1827 * Face Attributes:: What is in a face? | |
| 1828 * Attribute Functions:: Functions to examine and set face attributes. | |
| 1829 * Displaying Faces:: How Emacs combines the faces specified for a character. | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
1830 * Face Remapping:: Remapping faces to alternative definitions. |
| 84060 | 1831 * Face Functions:: How to define and examine faces. |
| 1832 * Auto Faces:: Hook for automatic face assignment. | |
|
100990
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
1833 * Font Selection:: Finding the best available font for a face. |
| 84060 | 1834 * Font Lookup:: Looking up the names of available fonts |
| 1835 and information about them. | |
| 1836 * Fontsets:: A fontset is a collection of fonts | |
| 1837 that handle a range of character sets. | |
|
101033
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
1838 * Low-Level Font:: Lisp representation for character display fonts. |
| 84060 | 1839 @end menu |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 @node Defining Faces | |
| 1842 @subsection Defining Faces | |
| 1843 | |
| 1844 The way to define a new face is with @code{defface}. This creates a | |
| 1845 kind of customization item (@pxref{Customization}) which the user can | |
| 1846 customize using the Customization buffer (@pxref{Easy Customization,,, | |
| 1847 emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}). | |
| 1848 | |
|
98267
559b4f23d84b
(Defining Faces): Recommend against face variables.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
98185
diff
changeset
|
1849 People are sometimes tempted to create variables whose values specify |
|
559b4f23d84b
(Defining Faces): Recommend against face variables.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
98185
diff
changeset
|
1850 which faces to use (for example, Font-Lock does this). In the vast |
|
559b4f23d84b
(Defining Faces): Recommend against face variables.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
98185
diff
changeset
|
1851 majority of cases, this is not necessary, and simply using faces |
|
559b4f23d84b
(Defining Faces): Recommend against face variables.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
98185
diff
changeset
|
1852 directly is preferable. |
|
559b4f23d84b
(Defining Faces): Recommend against face variables.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
98185
diff
changeset
|
1853 |
| 84060 | 1854 @defmac defface face spec doc [keyword value]@dots{} |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1855 This declares @var{face} as a customizable face whose default |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1856 attributes are given by @var{spec}. You should not quote the symbol |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1857 @var{face}, and it should not end in @samp{-face} (that would be |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1858 redundant). The argument @var{doc} specifies the face documentation. |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1859 The keywords you can use in @code{defface} are the same as in |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1860 @code{defgroup} and @code{defcustom} (@pxref{Common Keywords}). |
| 84060 | 1861 |
| 1862 When @code{defface} executes, it defines the face according to | |
| 1863 @var{spec}, then uses any customizations that were read from the | |
| 1864 init file (@pxref{Init File}) to override that specification. | |
| 1865 | |
| 1866 When you evaluate a @code{defface} form with @kbd{C-M-x} in Emacs | |
| 1867 Lisp mode (@code{eval-defun}), a special feature of @code{eval-defun} | |
| 1868 overrides any customizations of the face. This way, the face reflects | |
| 1869 exactly what the @code{defface} says. | |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 The purpose of @var{spec} is to specify how the face should appear on | |
| 1872 different kinds of terminals. It should be an alist whose elements | |
| 1873 have the form @code{(@var{display} @var{atts})}. Each element's | |
| 1874 @sc{car}, @var{display}, specifies a class of terminals. (The first | |
| 1875 element, if its @sc{car} is @code{default}, is special---it specifies | |
| 1876 defaults for the remaining elements). The element's @sc{cadr}, | |
| 1877 @var{atts}, is a list of face attributes and their values; it | |
| 1878 specifies what the face should look like on that kind of terminal. | |
| 1879 The possible attributes are defined in the value of | |
| 1880 @code{custom-face-attributes}. | |
| 1881 | |
| 1882 The @var{display} part of an element of @var{spec} determines which | |
| 1883 frames the element matches. If more than one element of @var{spec} | |
| 1884 matches a given frame, the first element that matches is the one used | |
| 1885 for that frame. There are three possibilities for @var{display}: | |
| 1886 | |
| 1887 @table @asis | |
| 1888 @item @code{default} | |
| 1889 This element of @var{spec} doesn't match any frames; instead, it | |
| 1890 specifies defaults that apply to all frames. This kind of element, if | |
| 1891 used, must be the first element of @var{spec}. Each of the following | |
| 1892 elements can override any or all of these defaults. | |
| 1893 | |
| 1894 @item @code{t} | |
| 1895 This element of @var{spec} matches all frames. Therefore, any | |
| 1896 subsequent elements of @var{spec} are never used. Normally | |
| 1897 @code{t} is used in the last (or only) element of @var{spec}. | |
| 1898 | |
| 1899 @item a list | |
| 1900 If @var{display} is a list, each element should have the form | |
| 1901 @code{(@var{characteristic} @var{value}@dots{})}. Here | |
| 1902 @var{characteristic} specifies a way of classifying frames, and the | |
| 1903 @var{value}s are possible classifications which @var{display} should | |
| 1904 apply to. Here are the possible values of @var{characteristic}: | |
| 1905 | |
| 1906 @table @code | |
| 1907 @item type | |
| 1908 The kind of window system the frame uses---either @code{graphic} (any | |
| 1909 graphics-capable display), @code{x}, @code{pc} (for the MS-DOS console), | |
|
97043
9592c50233ab
Remove support for Mac Carbon.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
96470
diff
changeset
|
1910 @code{w32} (for MS Windows 9X/NT/2K/XP), or @code{tty} |
|
9592c50233ab
Remove support for Mac Carbon.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
96470
diff
changeset
|
1911 (a non-graphics-capable display). |
| 84060 | 1912 @xref{Window Systems, window-system}. |
| 1913 | |
| 1914 @item class | |
| 1915 What kinds of colors the frame supports---either @code{color}, | |
| 1916 @code{grayscale}, or @code{mono}. | |
| 1917 | |
| 1918 @item background | |
| 1919 The kind of background---either @code{light} or @code{dark}. | |
| 1920 | |
| 1921 @item min-colors | |
| 1922 An integer that represents the minimum number of colors the frame | |
| 1923 should support. This matches a frame if its | |
| 1924 @code{display-color-cells} value is at least the specified integer. | |
| 1925 | |
| 1926 @item supports | |
| 1927 Whether or not the frame can display the face attributes given in | |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1928 @var{value}@dots{} (@pxref{Face Attributes}). @xref{Display Face |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1929 Attribute Testing}, for more information on exactly how this testing |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1930 is done. |
| 84060 | 1931 @end table |
| 1932 | |
| 1933 If an element of @var{display} specifies more than one @var{value} for a | |
| 1934 given @var{characteristic}, any of those values is acceptable. If | |
| 1935 @var{display} has more than one element, each element should specify a | |
| 1936 different @var{characteristic}; then @emph{each} characteristic of the | |
| 1937 frame must match one of the @var{value}s specified for it in | |
| 1938 @var{display}. | |
| 1939 @end table | |
| 1940 @end defmac | |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 Here's how the standard face @code{region} is defined: | |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 @example | |
| 1945 @group | |
| 1946 (defface region | |
| 1947 '((((class color) (min-colors 88) (background dark)) | |
| 1948 :background "blue3") | |
| 1949 @end group | |
| 1950 (((class color) (min-colors 88) (background light)) | |
| 1951 :background "lightgoldenrod2") | |
| 1952 (((class color) (min-colors 16) (background dark)) | |
| 1953 :background "blue3") | |
| 1954 (((class color) (min-colors 16) (background light)) | |
| 1955 :background "lightgoldenrod2") | |
| 1956 (((class color) (min-colors 8)) | |
| 1957 :background "blue" :foreground "white") | |
| 1958 (((type tty) (class mono)) | |
| 1959 :inverse-video t) | |
| 1960 (t :background "gray")) | |
| 1961 @group | |
| 1962 "Basic face for highlighting the region." | |
| 1963 :group 'basic-faces) | |
| 1964 @end group | |
| 1965 @end example | |
| 1966 | |
| 1967 Internally, @code{defface} uses the symbol property | |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1968 @code{face-defface-spec} to record the specified face attributes. The |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1969 attributes saved by the user with the customization buffer are |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1970 recorded in the symbol property @code{saved-face}; the attributes |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1971 customized by the user for the current session, but not saved, are |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1972 recorded in the symbol property @code{customized-face}. The |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1973 documentation string is recorded in the symbol property |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1974 @code{face-documentation}. |
| 84060 | 1975 |
| 1976 @defopt frame-background-mode | |
| 1977 This option, if non-@code{nil}, specifies the background type to use for | |
| 1978 interpreting face definitions. If it is @code{dark}, then Emacs treats | |
| 1979 all frames as if they had a dark background, regardless of their actual | |
| 1980 background colors. If it is @code{light}, then Emacs treats all frames | |
| 1981 as if they had a light background. | |
| 1982 @end defopt | |
| 1983 | |
| 1984 @node Face Attributes | |
| 1985 @subsection Face Attributes | |
| 1986 @cindex face attributes | |
| 1987 | |
| 1988 The effect of using a face is determined by a fixed set of @dfn{face | |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1989 attributes}. This table lists all the face attributes, their possible |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1990 values, and their effects. You can specify more than one face for a |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1991 given piece of text; Emacs merges the attributes of all the faces to |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1992 determine how to display the text. @xref{Displaying Faces}. |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1993 |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1994 In addition to the values given below, each face attribute can also |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1995 have the value @code{unspecified}. This special value means the face |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1996 doesn't specify that attribute. In face merging, when the first face |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1997 fails to specify a particular attribute, the next face gets a chance. |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1998 However, the @code{default} face must specify all attributes. |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
1999 |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2000 Some of these font attributes are meaningful only on certain kinds |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2001 of displays. If your display cannot handle a certain attribute, the |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2002 attribute is ignored. |
| 84060 | 2003 |
| 2004 @table @code | |
| 2005 @item :family | |
|
100990
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2006 Font family name or fontset name (a string). If you specify a font |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2007 family name, the wild-card characters @samp{*} and @samp{?} are |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2008 allowed. The function @code{font-family-list}, described below, |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2009 returns a list of available family names. @xref{Fontsets}, for |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2010 information about fontsets. |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2011 |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2012 @item :foundry |
|
100990
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2013 The name of the @dfn{font foundry} in which the font family specified |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2014 by the @code{:family} attribute is located (a string). The wild-card |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2015 characters @samp{*} and @samp{?} are allowed. |
| 84060 | 2016 |
| 2017 @item :width | |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2018 Relative proportionate character width, also known as the character |
| 84060 | 2019 set width. This should be one of the symbols @code{ultra-condensed}, |
| 2020 @code{extra-condensed}, @code{condensed}, @code{semi-condensed}, | |
| 2021 @code{normal}, @code{semi-expanded}, @code{expanded}, | |
| 2022 @code{extra-expanded}, or @code{ultra-expanded}. | |
| 2023 | |
| 2024 @item :height | |
|
104288
a21bb1c0cb0e
* display.texi (Face Attributes): Add xref to Displaying Faces for
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103820
diff
changeset
|
2025 The height of the font. In the simplest case, this is an integer in |
|
a21bb1c0cb0e
* display.texi (Face Attributes): Add xref to Displaying Faces for
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103820
diff
changeset
|
2026 units of 1/10 point. |
|
a21bb1c0cb0e
* display.texi (Face Attributes): Add xref to Displaying Faces for
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103820
diff
changeset
|
2027 |
|
a21bb1c0cb0e
* display.texi (Face Attributes): Add xref to Displaying Faces for
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103820
diff
changeset
|
2028 The value can also be a floating point number or a function, which |
|
a21bb1c0cb0e
* display.texi (Face Attributes): Add xref to Displaying Faces for
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103820
diff
changeset
|
2029 specifies the height relative to an @dfn{underlying face} (i.e., a |
|
a21bb1c0cb0e
* display.texi (Face Attributes): Add xref to Displaying Faces for
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103820
diff
changeset
|
2030 face that has a lower priority in the list described in |
|
a21bb1c0cb0e
* display.texi (Face Attributes): Add xref to Displaying Faces for
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103820
diff
changeset
|
2031 @ref{Displaying Faces}). If the value is a floating point number, |
|
a21bb1c0cb0e
* display.texi (Face Attributes): Add xref to Displaying Faces for
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103820
diff
changeset
|
2032 that specifies the amount by which to scale the height of the |
|
a21bb1c0cb0e
* display.texi (Face Attributes): Add xref to Displaying Faces for
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103820
diff
changeset
|
2033 underlying face. If the value is a function, that function is called |
|
a21bb1c0cb0e
* display.texi (Face Attributes): Add xref to Displaying Faces for
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103820
diff
changeset
|
2034 with one argument, the height of the underlying face, and returns the |
|
a21bb1c0cb0e
* display.texi (Face Attributes): Add xref to Displaying Faces for
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103820
diff
changeset
|
2035 height of the new face. If the function is passed an integer |
|
a21bb1c0cb0e
* display.texi (Face Attributes): Add xref to Displaying Faces for
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103820
diff
changeset
|
2036 argument, it must return an integer. |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2037 |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2038 The height of the default face must be specified using an integer; |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2039 floating point and function values are not allowed. |
| 84060 | 2040 |
| 2041 @item :weight | |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2042 Font weight---one of the symbols (from densest to faintest) |
| 84060 | 2043 @code{ultra-bold}, @code{extra-bold}, @code{bold}, @code{semi-bold}, |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2044 @code{normal}, @code{semi-light}, @code{light}, @code{extra-light}, or |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2045 @code{ultra-light}. On text-only terminals that support |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2046 variable-brightness text, any weight greater than normal is displayed |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2047 as extra bright, and any weight less than normal is displayed as |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2048 half-bright. |
| 84060 | 2049 |
| 2050 @item :slant | |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2051 Font slant---one of the symbols @code{italic}, @code{oblique}, |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2052 @code{normal}, @code{reverse-italic}, or @code{reverse-oblique}. On |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2053 text-only terminals that support variable-brightness text, slanted |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2054 text is displayed as half-bright. |
| 84060 | 2055 |
| 2056 @item :foreground | |
| 2057 Foreground color, a string. The value can be a system-defined color | |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2058 name, or a hexadecimal color specification. @xref{Color Names}. On |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2059 black-and-white displays, certain shades of gray are implemented by |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2060 stipple patterns. |
| 84060 | 2061 |
| 2062 @item :background | |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2063 Background color, a string. The value can be a system-defined color |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2064 name, or a hexadecimal color specification. @xref{Color Names}. |
| 84060 | 2065 |
| 2066 @item :underline | |
| 2067 Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what color. If | |
| 2068 the value is @code{t}, underlining uses the foreground color of the | |
| 2069 face. If the value is a string, underlining uses that color. The | |
| 2070 value @code{nil} means do not underline. | |
| 2071 | |
| 2072 @item :overline | |
| 2073 Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color. | |
| 2074 The value is used like that of @code{:underline}. | |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 @item :strike-through | |
| 2077 Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what | |
| 2078 color. The value is used like that of @code{:underline}. | |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 @item :box | |
| 2081 Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its color, the | |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2082 width of the box lines, and 3D appearance. Here are the possible |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2083 values of the @code{:box} attribute, and what they mean: |
| 84060 | 2084 |
| 2085 @table @asis | |
| 2086 @item @code{nil} | |
| 2087 Don't draw a box. | |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 @item @code{t} | |
| 2090 Draw a box with lines of width 1, in the foreground color. | |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 @item @var{color} | |
| 2093 Draw a box with lines of width 1, in color @var{color}. | |
| 2094 | |
| 2095 @item @code{(:line-width @var{width} :color @var{color} :style @var{style})} | |
| 2096 This way you can explicitly specify all aspects of the box. The value | |
| 2097 @var{width} specifies the width of the lines to draw; it defaults to 1. | |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 The value @var{color} specifies the color to draw with. The default is | |
| 2100 the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background | |
| 2101 color of the face for 3D boxes. | |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 The value @var{style} specifies whether to draw a 3D box. If it is | |
| 2104 @code{released-button}, the box looks like a 3D button that is not being | |
| 2105 pressed. If it is @code{pressed-button}, the box looks like a 3D button | |
| 2106 that is being pressed. If it is @code{nil} or omitted, a plain 2D box | |
| 2107 is used. | |
| 2108 @end table | |
| 2109 | |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2110 @item :inverse-video |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2111 Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video. The |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2112 value should be @code{t} (yes) or @code{nil} (no). |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2113 |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2114 @item :stipple |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2115 The background stipple, a bitmap. |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2116 |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2117 The value can be a string; that should be the name of a file containing |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2118 external-format X bitmap data. The file is found in the directories |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2119 listed in the variable @code{x-bitmap-file-path}. |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2120 |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2121 Alternatively, the value can specify the bitmap directly, with a list |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2122 of the form @code{(@var{width} @var{height} @var{data})}. Here, |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2123 @var{width} and @var{height} specify the size in pixels, and |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2124 @var{data} is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap, row by |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2125 row. Each row occupies @math{(@var{width} + 7) / 8} consecutive bytes |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2126 in the string (which should be a unibyte string for best results). |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2127 This means that each row always occupies at least one whole byte. |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2128 |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2129 If the value is @code{nil}, that means use no stipple pattern. |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2130 |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2131 Normally you do not need to set the stipple attribute, because it is |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2132 used automatically to handle certain shades of gray. |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2133 |
| 84060 | 2134 @item :font |
|
100990
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2135 The font used to display the face. Its value should be a font object. |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2136 @xref{Font Selection}, for information about font objects. |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2137 |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2138 When specifying this attribute using @code{set-face-attribute} |
|
100990
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2139 (@pxref{Attribute Functions}), you may also supply a font spec, a font |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2140 entity, or a string. Emacs converts such values to an appropriate |
|
100990
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2141 font object, and stores that font object as the actual attribute |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2142 value. If you specify a string, the contents of the string should be |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2143 a font name (@pxref{Font X,, Font Specification Options, emacs, The |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2144 GNU Emacs Manual}); if the font name is an XLFD containing wildcards, |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2145 Emacs chooses the first font matching those wildcards. Specifying |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2146 this attribute also changes the values of the @code{:family}, |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2147 @code{:foundry}, @code{:width}, @code{:height}, @code{:weight}, and |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2148 @code{:slant} attributes. |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2149 |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2150 @item :inherit |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2151 The name of a face from which to inherit attributes, or a list of face |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2152 names. Attributes from inherited faces are merged into the face like |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2153 an underlying face would be, with higher priority than underlying |
|
104288
a21bb1c0cb0e
* display.texi (Face Attributes): Add xref to Displaying Faces for
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103820
diff
changeset
|
2154 faces (@pxref{Displaying Faces}). If a list of faces is used, |
|
a21bb1c0cb0e
* display.texi (Face Attributes): Add xref to Displaying Faces for
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103820
diff
changeset
|
2155 attributes from faces earlier in the list override those from later |
|
a21bb1c0cb0e
* display.texi (Face Attributes): Add xref to Displaying Faces for
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103820
diff
changeset
|
2156 faces. |
| 84060 | 2157 @end table |
| 2158 | |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2159 For compatibility with Emacs 20, you can also specify values for two |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2160 ``fake'' face attributes: @code{:bold} and @code{:italic}. Their |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2161 values must be either @code{t} or @code{nil}; a value of |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2162 @code{unspecified} is not allowed. Setting @code{:bold} to @code{t} |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2163 is equivalent to setting the @code{:weight} attribute to @code{bold}, |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2164 and setting it to @code{nil} is equivalent to setting @code{:weight} |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2165 to @code{normal}. Setting @code{:italic} to @code{t} is equivalent to |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2166 setting the @code{:slant} attribute to @code{italic}, and setting it |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2167 to @code{nil} is equivalent to setting @code{:slant} to @code{normal}. |
| 84060 | 2168 |
|
100990
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2169 @defun font-family-list &optional frame |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2170 This function returns a list of available font family names. The |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2171 optional argument @var{frame} specifies the frame on which the text is |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2172 to be displayed; if it is @code{nil}, the selected frame is used. |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2173 @end defun |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2174 |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
2175 @defopt underline-minimum-offset |
|
102975
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
2176 This variable specifies the minimum distance between the baseline and |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
2177 the underline, in pixels, when displaying underlined text. |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
2178 @end defopt |
|
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
2179 |
|
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
2180 @defopt x-bitmap-file-path |
| 84060 | 2181 This variable specifies a list of directories for searching |
| 2182 for bitmap files, for the @code{:stipple} attribute. | |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
2183 @end defopt |
| 84060 | 2184 |
| 2185 @defun bitmap-spec-p object | |
| 2186 This returns @code{t} if @var{object} is a valid bitmap specification, | |
| 2187 suitable for use with @code{:stipple} (see above). It returns | |
| 2188 @code{nil} otherwise. | |
| 2189 @end defun | |
| 2190 | |
| 2191 @node Attribute Functions | |
| 2192 @subsection Face Attribute Functions | |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 This section describes the functions for accessing and modifying the | |
| 2195 attributes of an existing face. | |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 @defun set-face-attribute face frame &rest arguments | |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2198 This function sets one or more attributes of @var{face} for |
| 84060 | 2199 @var{frame}. The attributes you specify this way override whatever |
| 2200 the @code{defface} says. | |
| 2201 | |
| 2202 The extra arguments @var{arguments} specify the attributes to set, and | |
| 2203 the values for them. They should consist of alternating attribute names | |
| 2204 (such as @code{:family} or @code{:underline}) and corresponding values. | |
| 2205 Thus, | |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 @example | |
| 2208 (set-face-attribute 'foo nil | |
| 2209 :width 'extended | |
| 2210 :weight 'bold | |
| 2211 :underline "red") | |
| 2212 @end example | |
| 2213 | |
| 2214 @noindent | |
| 2215 sets the attributes @code{:width}, @code{:weight} and @code{:underline} | |
| 2216 to the corresponding values. | |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 If @var{frame} is @code{t}, this function sets the default attributes | |
| 2219 for new frames. Default attribute values specified this way override | |
| 2220 the @code{defface} for newly created frames. | |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 If @var{frame} is @code{nil}, this function sets the attributes for | |
| 2223 all existing frames, and the default for new frames. | |
| 2224 @end defun | |
| 2225 | |
| 2226 @defun face-attribute face attribute &optional frame inherit | |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2227 This returns the value of the @var{attribute} attribute of @var{face} |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2228 on @var{frame}. If @var{frame} is @code{nil}, that means the selected |
|
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2229 frame (@pxref{Input Focus}). |
| 84060 | 2230 |
| 2231 If @var{frame} is @code{t}, this returns whatever new-frames default | |
| 2232 value you previously specified with @code{set-face-attribute} for the | |
| 2233 @var{attribute} attribute of @var{face}. If you have not specified | |
| 2234 one, it returns @code{nil}. | |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 If @var{inherit} is @code{nil}, only attributes directly defined by | |
| 2237 @var{face} are considered, so the return value may be | |
| 2238 @code{unspecified}, or a relative value. If @var{inherit} is | |
| 2239 non-@code{nil}, @var{face}'s definition of @var{attribute} is merged | |
| 2240 with the faces specified by its @code{:inherit} attribute; however the | |
| 2241 return value may still be @code{unspecified} or relative. If | |
| 2242 @var{inherit} is a face or a list of faces, then the result is further | |
| 2243 merged with that face (or faces), until it becomes specified and | |
| 2244 absolute. | |
| 2245 | |
| 2246 To ensure that the return value is always specified and absolute, use | |
| 2247 a value of @code{default} for @var{inherit}; this will resolve any | |
| 2248 unspecified or relative values by merging with the @code{default} face | |
| 2249 (which is always completely specified). | |
| 2250 | |
| 2251 For example, | |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 @example | |
| 2254 (face-attribute 'bold :weight) | |
| 2255 @result{} bold | |
| 2256 @end example | |
| 2257 @end defun | |
| 2258 | |
| 2259 @defun face-attribute-relative-p attribute value | |
| 2260 This function returns non-@code{nil} if @var{value}, when used as the | |
| 2261 value of the face attribute @var{attribute}, is relative. This means | |
| 2262 it would modify, rather than completely override, any value that comes | |
| 2263 from a subsequent face in the face list or that is inherited from | |
| 2264 another face. | |
| 2265 | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2266 @code{unspecified} is a relative value for all attributes. For |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2267 @code{:height}, floating point and function values are also relative. |
| 84060 | 2268 |
| 2269 For example: | |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 @example | |
| 2272 (face-attribute-relative-p :height 2.0) | |
| 2273 @result{} t | |
| 2274 @end example | |
| 2275 @end defun | |
| 2276 | |
|
98972
8860f1bf41c3
(Attribute Functions): Document `face-all-attributes'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98709
diff
changeset
|
2277 @defun face-all-attributes face &optional frame |
|
8860f1bf41c3
(Attribute Functions): Document `face-all-attributes'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98709
diff
changeset
|
2278 This function returns an alist of attributes of @var{face}. The |
|
8860f1bf41c3
(Attribute Functions): Document `face-all-attributes'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98709
diff
changeset
|
2279 elements of the result are name-value pairs of the form |
|
8860f1bf41c3
(Attribute Functions): Document `face-all-attributes'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98709
diff
changeset
|
2280 @w{@code{(@var{attr-name} . @var{attr-value})}}. Optional argument |
|
8860f1bf41c3
(Attribute Functions): Document `face-all-attributes'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98709
diff
changeset
|
2281 @var{frame} specifies the frame whose definition of @var{face} to |
|
8860f1bf41c3
(Attribute Functions): Document `face-all-attributes'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98709
diff
changeset
|
2282 return; if omitted or @code{nil}, the returned value describes the |
|
8860f1bf41c3
(Attribute Functions): Document `face-all-attributes'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98709
diff
changeset
|
2283 default attributes of @var{face} for newly created frames. |
|
8860f1bf41c3
(Attribute Functions): Document `face-all-attributes'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98709
diff
changeset
|
2284 @end defun |
|
8860f1bf41c3
(Attribute Functions): Document `face-all-attributes'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98709
diff
changeset
|
2285 |
| 84060 | 2286 @defun merge-face-attribute attribute value1 value2 |
| 2287 If @var{value1} is a relative value for the face attribute | |
| 2288 @var{attribute}, returns it merged with the underlying value | |
| 2289 @var{value2}; otherwise, if @var{value1} is an absolute value for the | |
| 2290 face attribute @var{attribute}, returns @var{value1} unchanged. | |
| 2291 @end defun | |
| 2292 | |
|
100949
91ffb924a3e5
(Faces): Don't discuss face id here. facep does
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100599
diff
changeset
|
2293 The following functions provide compatibility with Emacs 20 and |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2294 below. They work by calling @code{set-face-attribute}. Values of |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2295 @code{t} and @code{nil} for their @var{frame} argument are handled |
| 84060 | 2296 just like @code{set-face-attribute} and @code{face-attribute}. |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 @defun set-face-foreground face color &optional frame | |
| 2299 @defunx set-face-background face color &optional frame | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2300 These functions set the @code{:foreground} attribute (or |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2301 @code{:background} attribute, respectively) of @var{face} to |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2302 @var{color}. |
| 84060 | 2303 @end defun |
| 2304 | |
| 2305 @defun set-face-stipple face pattern &optional frame | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2306 This function sets the @code{:stipple} attribute of @var{face} to |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2307 @var{pattern}. |
| 84060 | 2308 @end defun |
| 2309 | |
| 2310 @defun set-face-font face font &optional frame | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2311 This function sets the @code{:font} attribute of @var{face} to |
| 84060 | 2312 @var{font}. |
| 2313 @end defun | |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 @defun set-face-bold-p face bold-p &optional frame | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2316 This function sets the @code{:weight} attribute of @var{face} to |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2317 @var{normal} if @var{bold-p} is @code{nil}, and to @var{bold} |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2318 otherwise. |
| 84060 | 2319 @end defun |
| 2320 | |
| 2321 @defun set-face-italic-p face italic-p &optional frame | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2322 This function sets the @code{:slant} attribute of @var{face} to |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2323 @var{normal} if @var{italic-p} is @code{nil}, and to @var{italic} |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2324 otherwise. |
| 84060 | 2325 @end defun |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 @defun set-face-underline-p face underline &optional frame | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2328 This function sets the @code{:underline} attribute of @var{face} to |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2329 @var{underline}. |
| 84060 | 2330 @end defun |
| 2331 | |
| 2332 @defun set-face-inverse-video-p face inverse-video-p &optional frame | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2333 This function sets the @code{:inverse-video} attribute of @var{face} |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2334 to @var{inverse-video-p}. |
| 84060 | 2335 @end defun |
| 2336 | |
| 2337 @defun invert-face face &optional frame | |
| 2338 This function swaps the foreground and background colors of face | |
| 2339 @var{face}. | |
| 2340 @end defun | |
| 2341 | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2342 The following functions examine the attributes of a face. If you |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2343 don't specify @var{frame}, they refer to the selected frame; @code{t} |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2344 refers to the default data for new frames. They return the symbol |
| 84060 | 2345 @code{unspecified} if the face doesn't define any value for that |
| 2346 attribute. | |
| 2347 | |
| 2348 @defun face-foreground face &optional frame inherit | |
| 2349 @defunx face-background face &optional frame inherit | |
| 2350 These functions return the foreground color (or background color, | |
| 2351 respectively) of face @var{face}, as a string. | |
| 2352 | |
| 2353 If @var{inherit} is @code{nil}, only a color directly defined by the face is | |
| 2354 returned. If @var{inherit} is non-@code{nil}, any faces specified by its | |
| 2355 @code{:inherit} attribute are considered as well, and if @var{inherit} | |
| 2356 is a face or a list of faces, then they are also considered, until a | |
| 2357 specified color is found. To ensure that the return value is always | |
| 2358 specified, use a value of @code{default} for @var{inherit}. | |
| 2359 @end defun | |
| 2360 | |
| 2361 @defun face-stipple face &optional frame inherit | |
| 2362 This function returns the name of the background stipple pattern of face | |
| 2363 @var{face}, or @code{nil} if it doesn't have one. | |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 If @var{inherit} is @code{nil}, only a stipple directly defined by the | |
| 2366 face is returned. If @var{inherit} is non-@code{nil}, any faces | |
| 2367 specified by its @code{:inherit} attribute are considered as well, and | |
| 2368 if @var{inherit} is a face or a list of faces, then they are also | |
| 2369 considered, until a specified stipple is found. To ensure that the | |
| 2370 return value is always specified, use a value of @code{default} for | |
| 2371 @var{inherit}. | |
| 2372 @end defun | |
| 2373 | |
| 2374 @defun face-font face &optional frame | |
| 2375 This function returns the name of the font of face @var{face}. | |
| 2376 @end defun | |
| 2377 | |
| 2378 @defun face-bold-p face &optional frame | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2379 This function returns a non-@code{nil} value if the @code{:weight} |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2380 attribute of @var{face} is bolder than normal (i.e., one of |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2381 @code{semi-bold}, @code{bold}, @code{extra-bold}, or |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2382 @code{ultra-bold}). Otherwise, it returns @code{nil}. |
| 84060 | 2383 @end defun |
| 2384 | |
| 2385 @defun face-italic-p face &optional frame | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2386 This function returns a non-@code{nil} value if the @code{:slant} |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2387 attribute of @var{face} is @code{italic} or @code{oblique}, and |
| 84060 | 2388 @code{nil} otherwise. |
| 2389 @end defun | |
| 2390 | |
| 2391 @defun face-underline-p face &optional frame | |
| 2392 This function returns the @code{:underline} attribute of face @var{face}. | |
| 2393 @end defun | |
| 2394 | |
| 2395 @defun face-inverse-video-p face &optional frame | |
| 2396 This function returns the @code{:inverse-video} attribute of face @var{face}. | |
| 2397 @end defun | |
| 2398 | |
| 2399 @node Displaying Faces | |
| 2400 @subsection Displaying Faces | |
| 2401 | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2402 Here is how Emacs determines the face to use for displaying any |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2403 given piece of text: |
| 84060 | 2404 |
| 2405 @itemize @bullet | |
| 2406 @item | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2407 If the text consists of a special glyph, the glyph can specify a |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2408 particular face. @xref{Glyphs}. |
| 84060 | 2409 |
| 2410 @item | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2411 If the text lies within an active region, Emacs highlights it using |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2412 the @code{region} face. @xref{Standard Faces,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2413 Manual}. |
| 84060 | 2414 |
| 2415 @item | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2416 If the text lies within an overlay with a non-@code{nil} @code{face} |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2417 property, Emacs applies the face or face attributes specified by that |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2418 property. If the overlay has a @code{mouse-face} property and the |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2419 mouse is ``near enough'' to the overlay, Emacs applies the face or |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2420 face attributes specified by the @code{mouse-face} property instead. |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2421 @xref{Overlay Properties}. |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2422 |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2423 When multiple overlays cover one character, an overlay with higher |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2424 priority overrides those with lower priority. @xref{Overlays}. |
| 84060 | 2425 |
| 2426 @item | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2427 If the text contains a @code{face} or @code{mouse-face} property, |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2428 Emacs applies the specified faces and face attributes. @xref{Special |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2429 Properties}. (This is how Font Lock mode faces are applied. |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2430 @xref{Font Lock Mode}.) |
| 84060 | 2431 |
| 2432 @item | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2433 If the text lies within the mode line of the selected window, Emacs |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2434 applies the @code{mode-line} face. For the mode line of a |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2435 non-selected window, Emacs applies the @code{mode-line-inactive} face. |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2436 For a header line, Emacs applies the @code{header-line} face. |
| 84060 | 2437 |
| 2438 @item | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2439 If any given attribute has not been specified during the preceding |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2440 steps, Emacs applies the attribute of the @code{default} face. |
| 84060 | 2441 @end itemize |
| 2442 | |
| 2443 If these various sources together specify more than one face for a | |
| 2444 particular character, Emacs merges the attributes of the various faces | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2445 specified. For each attribute, Emacs tries using the above order |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2446 (i.e., first the face of any special glyph; then the face for region |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2447 highlighting, if appropriate; then faces specified by overlays, then |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2448 faces specified by text properties, then the @code{mode-line} or |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2449 @code{mode-line-inactive} or @code{header-line} face, if appropriate, |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2450 and finally the @code{default} face). |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2451 |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2452 @node Face Remapping |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2453 @subsection Face Remapping |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2454 |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2455 The variable @code{face-remapping-alist} is used for buffer-local or |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2456 global changes in the appearance of a face. For instance, it can be |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2457 used to make the @code{default} face a variable-pitch face within a |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2458 particular buffer. |
| 84060 | 2459 |
|
95457
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2460 @defvar face-remapping-alist |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2461 An alist whose elements have the form @code{(@var{face} |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2462 @var{remapping...})}. This causes Emacs to display text using the |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2463 face @var{face} using @var{remapping...} instead of @var{face}'s |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2464 ordinary definition. @var{remapping...} may be any face specification |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2465 suitable for a @code{face} text property: either a face name, or a |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2466 property list of attribute/value pairs. @xref{Special Properties}. |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2467 |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2468 If @code{face-remapping-alist} is buffer-local, its local value takes |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2469 effect only within that buffer. |
|
95457
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2470 |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2471 Two points bear emphasizing: |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2472 |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2473 @enumerate |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2474 @item |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2475 The new definition @var{remapping...} is the complete |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2476 specification of how to display @var{face}---it entirely replaces, |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2477 rather than augmenting or modifying, the normal definition of that |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2478 face. |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2479 |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2480 @item |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2481 If @var{remapping...} recursively references the same face name |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2482 @var{face}, either directly remapping entry, or via the |
|
102975
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
2483 @code{:inherit} attribute of some other face in @var{remapping...}, |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
2484 then that reference uses the normal definition of @var{face} in the |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
2485 selected frame, instead of the ``remapped'' definition. |
|
95457
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2486 |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2487 For instance, if the @code{mode-line} face is remapped using this |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2488 entry in @code{face-remapping-alist}: |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2489 @example |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2490 (mode-line italic mode-line) |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2491 @end example |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2492 @noindent |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2493 then the new definition of the @code{mode-line} face inherits from the |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2494 @code{italic} face, and the @emph{normal} (non-remapped) definition of |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2495 @code{mode-line} face. |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2496 @end enumerate |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2497 @end defvar |
|
95457
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2498 |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2499 A typical use of the @code{face-remapping-alist} is to change a |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2500 buffer's @code{default} face; for example, the following changes a |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2501 buffer's @code{default} face to use the @code{variable-pitch} face, |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2502 with the height doubled: |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2503 |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2504 @example |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2505 (set (make-local-variable 'face-remapping-alist) |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2506 '((default variable-pitch :height 2.0))) |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2507 @end example |
|
415f68458e61
Implement face-remapping-alist feature
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
94197
diff
changeset
|
2508 |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2509 The following functions implement a higher-level interface to |
|
95515
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2510 @code{face-remapping-alist}, making it easier to use |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2511 ``cooperatively''. They are mainly intended for buffer-local use, and |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2512 so all make @code{face-remapping-alist} variable buffer-local as a |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2513 side-effect. They use entries in @code{face-remapping-alist} which |
|
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
2514 have the general form: |
|
95515
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2515 |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2516 @example |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2517 (@var{face} @var{relative_specs_1} @var{relative_specs_2} @var{...} @var{base_specs}) |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2518 @end example |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2519 |
|
102975
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
2520 Everything except @var{face} is a ``face spec'': a list of face names |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
2521 or face attribute-value pairs. All face specs are merged together, |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
2522 with earlier values taking precedence. |
|
95515
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2523 |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2524 The @var{relative_specs_}n values are ``relative specs'', and are |
|
95563
6d9c4248a579
Rename functions in lisp/face-remap.el
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95553
diff
changeset
|
2525 added by @code{face-remap-add-relative} (and removed by |
|
6d9c4248a579
Rename functions in lisp/face-remap.el
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95553
diff
changeset
|
2526 @code{face-remap-remove-relative}. These are intended for face |
|
95515
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2527 modifications (such as increasing the size). Typical users of these |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2528 relative specs would be minor modes. |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2529 |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2530 @var{base_specs} is the lowest-priority value, and by default is just the |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2531 face name, which causes the global definition of that face to be used. |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2532 |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2533 A non-default value of @var{base_specs} may also be set using |
|
95563
6d9c4248a579
Rename functions in lisp/face-remap.el
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95553
diff
changeset
|
2534 @code{face-remap-set-base}. Because this @emph{overwrites} the |
|
95515
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2535 default base-spec value (which inherits the global face definition), |
|
95563
6d9c4248a579
Rename functions in lisp/face-remap.el
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95553
diff
changeset
|
2536 it is up to the caller of @code{face-remap-set-base} to add such |
|
95515
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2537 inheritance if it is desired. A typical use of |
|
95563
6d9c4248a579
Rename functions in lisp/face-remap.el
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95553
diff
changeset
|
2538 @code{face-remap-set-base} would be a major mode adding a face |
|
95515
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2539 remappings, e.g., of the default face. |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2540 |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2541 |
|
95563
6d9c4248a579
Rename functions in lisp/face-remap.el
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95553
diff
changeset
|
2542 @defun face-remap-add-relative face &rest specs |
|
95515
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2543 This functions adds a face remapping entry of @var{face} to @var{specs} |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2544 in the current buffer. |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2545 |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2546 It returns a ``cookie'' which can be used to later delete the remapping with |
|
95563
6d9c4248a579
Rename functions in lisp/face-remap.el
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95553
diff
changeset
|
2547 @code{face-remap-remove-relative}. |
|
95515
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2548 |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2549 @var{specs} can be any value suitable for the @code{face} text |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2550 property, including a face name, a list of face names, or a |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2551 face-attribute property list. The attributes given by @var{specs} |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2552 will be merged with any other currently active face remappings of |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2553 @var{face}, and with the global definition of @var{face} (by default; |
|
95563
6d9c4248a579
Rename functions in lisp/face-remap.el
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95553
diff
changeset
|
2554 this may be changed using @code{face-remap-set-base}), with the most |
|
6d9c4248a579
Rename functions in lisp/face-remap.el
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95553
diff
changeset
|
2555 recently added relative remapping taking precedence. |
|
95515
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2556 @end defun |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2557 |
|
95563
6d9c4248a579
Rename functions in lisp/face-remap.el
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95553
diff
changeset
|
2558 @defun face-remap-remove-relative cookie |
|
95515
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2559 This function removes a face remapping previously added by |
|
95563
6d9c4248a579
Rename functions in lisp/face-remap.el
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95553
diff
changeset
|
2560 @code{face-remap-add-relative}. @var{cookie} should be a return value |
|
6d9c4248a579
Rename functions in lisp/face-remap.el
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95553
diff
changeset
|
2561 from that function. |
|
95515
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2562 @end defun |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2563 |
|
95563
6d9c4248a579
Rename functions in lisp/face-remap.el
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95553
diff
changeset
|
2564 @defun face-remap-set-base face &rest specs |
|
95515
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2565 This function sets the ``base remapping'' of @var{face} in the current |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2566 buffer to @var{specs}. If @var{specs} is empty, the default base |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2567 remapping is restored, which inherits from the global definition of |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2568 @var{face}; note that this is different from @var{specs} containing a |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2569 single value @code{nil}, which has the opposite result (the global |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2570 definition of @var{face} is ignored). |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2571 @end defun |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2572 |
|
95563
6d9c4248a579
Rename functions in lisp/face-remap.el
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95553
diff
changeset
|
2573 @defun face-remap-reset-base face |
|
95515
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2574 This function sets the ``base remapping'' of @var{face} to its default |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2575 value, which inherits from @var{face}'s global definition. |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2576 @end defun |
|
328f63bafded
Add lisp/face-remap.el and associated documentation
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
95457
diff
changeset
|
2577 |
|
100990
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2578 @node Face Functions |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2579 @subsection Functions for Working with Faces |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2580 |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2581 Here are additional functions for creating and working with faces. |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2582 |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2583 @defun make-face name |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2584 This function defines a new face named @var{name}, initially with all |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2585 attributes @code{nil}. It does nothing if there is already a face named |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2586 @var{name}. |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2587 @end defun |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2588 |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2589 @defun face-list |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2590 This function returns a list of all defined face names. |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2591 @end defun |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2592 |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2593 @defun copy-face old-face new-name &optional frame new-frame |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2594 This function defines a face named @var{new-name} as a copy of the existing |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2595 face named @var{old-face}. It creates the face @var{new-name} if that |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2596 doesn't already exist. |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2597 |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2598 If the optional argument @var{frame} is given, this function applies |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2599 only to that frame. Otherwise it applies to each frame individually, |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2600 copying attributes from @var{old-face} in each frame to @var{new-face} |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2601 in the same frame. |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2602 |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2603 If the optional argument @var{new-frame} is given, then @code{copy-face} |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2604 copies the attributes of @var{old-face} in @var{frame} to @var{new-name} |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2605 in @var{new-frame}. |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2606 @end defun |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2607 |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2608 @defun face-id face |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2609 This function returns the @dfn{face number} of face @var{face}. This |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2610 is a number that uniquely identifies a face at low levels within |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2611 Emacs. It is seldom necessary to refer to a face by its face number. |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2612 @end defun |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2613 |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2614 @defun face-documentation face |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2615 This function returns the documentation string of face @var{face}, or |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2616 @code{nil} if none was specified for it. |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2617 @end defun |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2618 |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2619 @defun face-equal face1 face2 &optional frame |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2620 This returns @code{t} if the faces @var{face1} and @var{face2} have the |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2621 same attributes for display. |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2622 @end defun |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2623 |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2624 @defun face-differs-from-default-p face &optional frame |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2625 This returns non-@code{nil} if the face @var{face} displays |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2626 differently from the default face. |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2627 @end defun |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2628 |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2629 @cindex face alias |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2630 A @dfn{face alias} provides an equivalent name for a face. You can |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2631 define a face alias by giving the alias symbol the @code{face-alias} |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2632 property, with a value of the target face name. The following example |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2633 makes @code{modeline} an alias for the @code{mode-line} face. |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2634 |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2635 @example |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2636 (put 'modeline 'face-alias 'mode-line) |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2637 @end example |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2638 |
|
104766
b5e40c2f5b4d
(Face Functions): Mention define-obsolete-face-alias.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
104626
diff
changeset
|
2639 @defun define-obsolete-face-alias obsolete-face current-face &optional when |
|
b5e40c2f5b4d
(Face Functions): Mention define-obsolete-face-alias.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
104626
diff
changeset
|
2640 This function defines a face alias and marks it as obsolete, indicating |
|
b5e40c2f5b4d
(Face Functions): Mention define-obsolete-face-alias.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
104626
diff
changeset
|
2641 that it may be removed in future. The optional string @var{when} |
|
b5e40c2f5b4d
(Face Functions): Mention define-obsolete-face-alias.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
104626
diff
changeset
|
2642 indicates when the face was made obsolete (for example, a release number). |
|
b5e40c2f5b4d
(Face Functions): Mention define-obsolete-face-alias.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
104626
diff
changeset
|
2643 @end defun |
|
b5e40c2f5b4d
(Face Functions): Mention define-obsolete-face-alias.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
104626
diff
changeset
|
2644 |
|
100990
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2645 @node Auto Faces |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2646 @subsection Automatic Face Assignment |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2647 @cindex automatic face assignment |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2648 @cindex faces, automatic choice |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2649 |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2650 This hook is used for automatically assigning faces to text in the |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2651 buffer. It is part of the implementation of Jit-Lock mode, used by |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2652 Font-Lock. |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2653 |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2654 @defvar fontification-functions |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2655 This variable holds a list of functions that are called by Emacs |
|
107035
2b8253dbde29
display.texi (Auto Faces): Say fontification-functions is called
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
2656 redisplay as needed, just before doing redisplay. They are called even |
|
2b8253dbde29
display.texi (Auto Faces): Say fontification-functions is called
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
2657 when Font Lock Mode isn't enabled. When Font Lock Mode is enabled, this |
|
2b8253dbde29
display.texi (Auto Faces): Say fontification-functions is called
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
2658 variable usually holds just one function, @code{jit-lock-function}. |
|
100990
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2659 |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2660 The functions are called in the order listed, with one argument, a |
|
107035
2b8253dbde29
display.texi (Auto Faces): Say fontification-functions is called
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
2661 buffer position @var{pos}. Collectively they should attempt to assign |
|
2b8253dbde29
display.texi (Auto Faces): Say fontification-functions is called
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
2662 faces to the text in the current buffer starting at @var{pos}. |
|
2b8253dbde29
display.texi (Auto Faces): Say fontification-functions is called
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
2663 |
|
2b8253dbde29
display.texi (Auto Faces): Say fontification-functions is called
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
2664 The functions should record the faces they assign by setting the |
|
2b8253dbde29
display.texi (Auto Faces): Say fontification-functions is called
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
2665 @code{face} property. They should also add a non-@code{nil} |
|
2b8253dbde29
display.texi (Auto Faces): Say fontification-functions is called
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
2666 @code{fontified} property to all the text they have assigned faces to. |
|
100990
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2667 That property tells redisplay that faces have been assigned to that text |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2668 already. |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2669 |
|
107035
2b8253dbde29
display.texi (Auto Faces): Say fontification-functions is called
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
2670 It is probably a good idea for the functions to do nothing if the |
|
100990
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2671 character after @var{pos} already has a non-@code{nil} @code{fontified} |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2672 property, but this is not required. If one function overrides the |
|
107035
2b8253dbde29
display.texi (Auto Faces): Say fontification-functions is called
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
2673 assignments made by a previous one, the properties after the last |
|
2b8253dbde29
display.texi (Auto Faces): Say fontification-functions is called
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
2674 function finishes are the ones that really matter. |
|
100990
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2675 |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2676 For efficiency, we recommend writing these functions so that they |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2677 usually assign faces to around 400 to 600 characters at each call. |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2678 @end defvar |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2679 |
|
101033
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2680 @node Font Selection |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2681 @subsection Font Selection |
|
100990
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2682 |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2683 Before Emacs can draw a character on a particular display, it must |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2684 select a @dfn{font} for that character@footnote{In this context, the |
|
80faf5dfb6cd
(Faces): Put Font Selection node after Auto Faces.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100978
diff
changeset
|
2685 term @dfn{font} has nothing to do with Font Lock (@pxref{Font Lock |
|
101033
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2686 Mode}).}. Normally, Emacs automatically chooses a font based on the |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2687 faces assigned to that character---specifically, the face attributes |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2688 @code{:family}, @code{:weight}, @code{:slant}, and @code{:width} |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2689 (@pxref{Face Attributes}). The choice of font also depends on the |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2690 character to be displayed; some fonts can only display a limited set |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2691 of characters. If no available font exactly fits the requirements, |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2692 Emacs looks for the @dfn{closest matching font}. The variables in |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2693 this section control how Emacs makes this selection. |
| 84060 | 2694 |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
2695 @defopt face-font-family-alternatives |
|
101033
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2696 If a given family is specified but does not exist, this variable |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2697 specifies alternative font families to try. Each element should have |
| 84060 | 2698 this form: |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 @example | |
| 2701 (@var{family} @var{alternate-families}@dots{}) | |
| 2702 @end example | |
| 2703 | |
| 2704 If @var{family} is specified but not available, Emacs will try the other | |
| 2705 families given in @var{alternate-families}, one by one, until it finds a | |
| 2706 family that does exist. | |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
2707 @end defopt |
|
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
2708 |
|
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
2709 @defopt face-font-selection-order |
|
101033
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2710 If there is no font that exactly matches all desired face attributes |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2711 (@code{:width}, @code{:height}, @code{:weight}, and @code{:slant}), |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2712 this variable specifies the order in which these attributes should be |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2713 considered when selecting the closest matching font. The value should |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2714 be a list containing those four attribute symbols, in order of |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2715 decreasing importance. The default is @code{(:width :height :weight |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2716 :slant)}. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2717 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2718 Font selection first finds the best available matches for the first |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2719 attribute in the list; then, among the fonts which are best in that |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2720 way, it searches for the best matches in the second attribute, and so |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2721 on. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2722 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2723 The attributes @code{:weight} and @code{:width} have symbolic values in |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2724 a range centered around @code{normal}. Matches that are more extreme |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2725 (farther from @code{normal}) are somewhat preferred to matches that are |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2726 less extreme (closer to @code{normal}); this is designed to ensure that |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2727 non-normal faces contrast with normal ones, whenever possible. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2728 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2729 One example of a case where this variable makes a difference is when the |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2730 default font has no italic equivalent. With the default ordering, the |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2731 @code{italic} face will use a non-italic font that is similar to the |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2732 default one. But if you put @code{:slant} before @code{:height}, the |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2733 @code{italic} face will use an italic font, even if its height is not |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2734 quite right. |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
2735 @end defopt |
|
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
2736 |
|
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
2737 @defopt face-font-registry-alternatives |
| 84060 | 2738 This variable lets you specify alternative font registries to try, if a |
| 2739 given registry is specified and doesn't exist. Each element should have | |
| 2740 this form: | |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 @example | |
| 2743 (@var{registry} @var{alternate-registries}@dots{}) | |
| 2744 @end example | |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 If @var{registry} is specified but not available, Emacs will try the | |
| 2747 other registries given in @var{alternate-registries}, one by one, | |
| 2748 until it finds a registry that does exist. | |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
2749 @end defopt |
| 84060 | 2750 |
| 2751 Emacs can make use of scalable fonts, but by default it does not use | |
|
101033
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2752 them. |
| 84060 | 2753 |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
2754 @defopt scalable-fonts-allowed |
| 84060 | 2755 This variable controls which scalable fonts to use. A value of |
| 2756 @code{nil}, the default, means do not use scalable fonts. @code{t} | |
| 2757 means to use any scalable font that seems appropriate for the text. | |
| 2758 | |
| 2759 Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions. Then a | |
| 2760 scalable font is enabled for use if its name matches any regular | |
| 2761 expression in the list. For example, | |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 @example | |
| 2764 (setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("muleindian-2$")) | |
| 2765 @end example | |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 @noindent | |
| 2768 allows the use of scalable fonts with registry @code{muleindian-2}. | |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
2769 @end defopt |
| 84060 | 2770 |
| 2771 @defvar face-font-rescale-alist | |
| 2772 This variable specifies scaling for certain faces. Its value should | |
| 2773 be a list of elements of the form | |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 @example | |
| 2776 (@var{fontname-regexp} . @var{scale-factor}) | |
| 2777 @end example | |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 If @var{fontname-regexp} matches the font name that is about to be | |
| 2780 used, this says to choose a larger similar font according to the | |
| 2781 factor @var{scale-factor}. You would use this feature to normalize | |
| 2782 the font size if certain fonts are bigger or smaller than their | |
| 2783 nominal heights and widths would suggest. | |
| 2784 @end defvar | |
| 2785 | |
| 2786 @node Font Lookup | |
| 2787 @subsection Looking Up Fonts | |
| 2788 | |
|
101289
fb88ce222846
(Font Lookup): Document WIDTH argument of x-list-fonts.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
101140
diff
changeset
|
2789 @defun x-list-fonts name &optional reference-face frame maximum width |
| 84060 | 2790 This function returns a list of available font names that match |
|
101033
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2791 @var{name}. @var{name} should be a string containing a font name in |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2792 either the Fontconfig, GTK, or XLFD format (@pxref{Font X,, Font |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2793 Specification Options, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}). Within an XLFD |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2794 string, wildcard characters may be used: the @samp{*} character |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2795 matches any substring, and the @samp{?} character matches any single |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2796 character. Case is ignored when matching font names. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2797 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2798 If the optional arguments @var{reference-face} and @var{frame} are |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2799 specified, the returned list includes only fonts that are the same |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2800 size as @var{reference-face} (a face name) currently is on the frame |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2801 @var{frame}. |
| 84060 | 2802 |
| 2803 The optional argument @var{maximum} sets a limit on how many fonts to | |
|
101033
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2804 return. If it is non-@code{nil}, then the return value is truncated |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2805 after the first @var{maximum} matching fonts. Specifying a small |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2806 value for @var{maximum} can make this function much faster, in cases |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2807 where many fonts match the pattern. |
|
101289
fb88ce222846
(Font Lookup): Document WIDTH argument of x-list-fonts.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
101140
diff
changeset
|
2808 |
|
fb88ce222846
(Font Lookup): Document WIDTH argument of x-list-fonts.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
101140
diff
changeset
|
2809 The optional argument @var{width} specifies a desired font width. If |
|
fb88ce222846
(Font Lookup): Document WIDTH argument of x-list-fonts.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
101140
diff
changeset
|
2810 it is non-@code{nil}, the function only returns those fonts whose |
|
fb88ce222846
(Font Lookup): Document WIDTH argument of x-list-fonts.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
101140
diff
changeset
|
2811 characters are (on average) @var{width} times as wide as |
|
fb88ce222846
(Font Lookup): Document WIDTH argument of x-list-fonts.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
101140
diff
changeset
|
2812 @var{reference-face}. |
| 84060 | 2813 @end defun |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 @defun x-family-fonts &optional family frame | |
| 2816 This function returns a list describing the available fonts for family | |
| 2817 @var{family} on @var{frame}. If @var{family} is omitted or @code{nil}, | |
| 2818 this list applies to all families, and therefore, it contains all | |
| 2819 available fonts. Otherwise, @var{family} must be a string; it may | |
| 2820 contain the wildcards @samp{?} and @samp{*}. | |
| 2821 | |
| 2822 The list describes the display that @var{frame} is on; if @var{frame} is | |
| 2823 omitted or @code{nil}, it applies to the selected frame's display | |
| 2824 (@pxref{Input Focus}). | |
| 2825 | |
|
101033
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
2826 Each element in the list is a vector of the following form: |
| 84060 | 2827 |
| 2828 @example | |
| 2829 [@var{family} @var{width} @var{point-size} @var{weight} @var{slant} | |
| 2830 @var{fixed-p} @var{full} @var{registry-and-encoding}] | |
| 2831 @end example | |
| 2832 | |
| 2833 The first five elements correspond to face attributes; if you | |
| 2834 specify these attributes for a face, it will use this font. | |
| 2835 | |
| 2836 The last three elements give additional information about the font. | |
| 2837 @var{fixed-p} is non-@code{nil} if the font is fixed-pitch. | |
| 2838 @var{full} is the full name of the font, and | |
| 2839 @var{registry-and-encoding} is a string giving the registry and | |
| 2840 encoding of the font. | |
| 2841 @end defun | |
| 2842 | |
| 2843 @defvar font-list-limit | |
| 2844 This variable specifies maximum number of fonts to consider in font | |
| 2845 matching. The function @code{x-family-fonts} will not return more than | |
| 2846 that many fonts, and font selection will consider only that many fonts | |
| 2847 when searching a matching font for face attributes. The default is | |
| 2848 currently 100. | |
| 2849 @end defvar | |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 @node Fontsets | |
| 2852 @subsection Fontsets | |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 A @dfn{fontset} is a list of fonts, each assigned to a range of | |
| 2855 character codes. An individual font cannot display the whole range of | |
| 2856 characters that Emacs supports, but a fontset can. Fontsets have names, | |
| 2857 just as fonts do, and you can use a fontset name in place of a font name | |
| 2858 when you specify the ``font'' for a frame or a face. Here is | |
| 2859 information about defining a fontset under Lisp program control. | |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 @defun create-fontset-from-fontset-spec fontset-spec &optional style-variant-p noerror | |
| 2862 This function defines a new fontset according to the specification | |
| 2863 string @var{fontset-spec}. The string should have this format: | |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 @smallexample | |
|
95553
9145bbb09578
(Fontsets): Fix typos.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
95515
diff
changeset
|
2866 @var{fontpattern}, @r{[}@var{charset}:@var{font}@r{]@dots{}} |
| 84060 | 2867 @end smallexample |
| 2868 | |
| 2869 @noindent | |
| 2870 Whitespace characters before and after the commas are ignored. | |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 The first part of the string, @var{fontpattern}, should have the form of | |
| 2873 a standard X font name, except that the last two fields should be | |
| 2874 @samp{fontset-@var{alias}}. | |
| 2875 | |
| 2876 The new fontset has two names, one long and one short. The long name is | |
| 2877 @var{fontpattern} in its entirety. The short name is | |
| 2878 @samp{fontset-@var{alias}}. You can refer to the fontset by either | |
| 2879 name. If a fontset with the same name already exists, an error is | |
| 2880 signaled, unless @var{noerror} is non-@code{nil}, in which case this | |
| 2881 function does nothing. | |
| 2882 | |
| 2883 If optional argument @var{style-variant-p} is non-@code{nil}, that says | |
| 2884 to create bold, italic and bold-italic variants of the fontset as well. | |
| 2885 These variant fontsets do not have a short name, only a long one, which | |
| 2886 is made by altering @var{fontpattern} to indicate the bold or italic | |
| 2887 status. | |
| 2888 | |
| 2889 The specification string also says which fonts to use in the fontset. | |
| 2890 See below for the details. | |
| 2891 @end defun | |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 The construct @samp{@var{charset}:@var{font}} specifies which font to | |
| 2894 use (in this fontset) for one particular character set. Here, | |
| 2895 @var{charset} is the name of a character set, and @var{font} is the font | |
| 2896 to use for that character set. You can use this construct any number of | |
| 2897 times in the specification string. | |
| 2898 | |
| 2899 For the remaining character sets, those that you don't specify | |
| 2900 explicitly, Emacs chooses a font based on @var{fontpattern}: it replaces | |
| 2901 @samp{fontset-@var{alias}} with a value that names one character set. | |
| 2902 For the @acronym{ASCII} character set, @samp{fontset-@var{alias}} is replaced | |
| 2903 with @samp{ISO8859-1}. | |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 In addition, when several consecutive fields are wildcards, Emacs | |
| 2906 collapses them into a single wildcard. This is to prevent use of | |
| 2907 auto-scaled fonts. Fonts made by scaling larger fonts are not usable | |
| 2908 for editing, and scaling a smaller font is not useful because it is | |
| 2909 better to use the smaller font in its own size, which Emacs does. | |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 Thus if @var{fontpattern} is this, | |
| 2912 | |
| 2913 @example | |
| 2914 -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24 | |
| 2915 @end example | |
| 2916 | |
| 2917 @noindent | |
| 2918 the font specification for @acronym{ASCII} characters would be this: | |
| 2919 | |
| 2920 @example | |
| 2921 -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1 | |
| 2922 @end example | |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 @noindent | |
| 2925 and the font specification for Chinese GB2312 characters would be this: | |
| 2926 | |
| 2927 @example | |
| 2928 -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-gb2312*-* | |
| 2929 @end example | |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 You may not have any Chinese font matching the above font | |
| 2932 specification. Most X distributions include only Chinese fonts that | |
| 2933 have @samp{song ti} or @samp{fangsong ti} in the @var{family} field. In | |
| 2934 such a case, @samp{Fontset-@var{n}} can be specified as below: | |
| 2935 | |
| 2936 @smallexample | |
| 2937 Emacs.Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24,\ | |
| 2938 chinese-gb2312:-*-*-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-gb2312*-* | |
| 2939 @end smallexample | |
| 2940 | |
| 2941 @noindent | |
| 2942 Then, the font specifications for all but Chinese GB2312 characters have | |
| 2943 @samp{fixed} in the @var{family} field, and the font specification for | |
| 2944 Chinese GB2312 characters has a wild card @samp{*} in the @var{family} | |
| 2945 field. | |
| 2946 | |
|
102515
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2947 @defun set-fontset-font name character font-spec &optional frame add |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2948 This function modifies the existing fontset @var{name} to use the font |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2949 matching with @var{font-spec} for the character @var{character}. |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2950 |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2951 If @var{name} is @code{nil}, this function modifies the fontset of the |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2952 selected frame or that of @var{frame} if @var{frame} is not |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2953 @code{nil}. |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2954 |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2955 If @var{name} is @code{t}, this function modifies the default |
| 84060 | 2956 fontset, whose short name is @samp{fontset-default}. |
| 2957 | |
| 2958 @var{character} may be a cons; @code{(@var{from} . @var{to})}, where | |
|
98709
c5da883d1e87
(Fontsets): Don't mention generic characters.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98267
diff
changeset
|
2959 @var{from} and @var{to} are character codepoints. In that case, use |
|
102515
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2960 @var{font-spec} for all characters in the range @var{from} and @var{to} |
| 84060 | 2961 (inclusive). |
| 2962 | |
| 2963 @var{character} may be a charset. In that case, use | |
|
102515
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2964 @var{font-spec} for all character in the charsets. |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2965 |
| 104570 | 2966 @var{character} may be a script name. In that case, use |
|
102515
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2967 @var{font-spec} for all character in the charsets. |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2968 |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2969 @var{font-spec} may be a cons; @code{(@var{family} . @var{registry})}, |
| 84060 | 2970 where @var{family} is a family name of a font (possibly including a |
| 2971 foundry name at the head), @var{registry} is a registry name of a font | |
| 2972 (possibly including an encoding name at the tail). | |
| 2973 | |
|
102515
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2974 @var{font-spec} may be a font name string. |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2975 |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2976 The optional argument @var{add}, if non-@code{nil}, specifies how to |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2977 add @var{font-spec} to the font specifications previously set. If it |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2978 is @code{prepend}, @var{font-spec} is prepended. If it is |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2979 @code{append}, @var{font-spec} is appended. By default, |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2980 @var{font-spec} overrides the previous settings. |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2981 |
| 84060 | 2982 For instance, this changes the default fontset to use a font of which |
|
102515
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2983 family name is @samp{Kochi Gothic} for all characters belonging to |
| 84060 | 2984 the charset @code{japanese-jisx0208}. |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 @smallexample | |
|
102515
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2987 (set-fontset-font t 'japanese-jisx0208 |
|
34182d9c3399
(Fontsets): Update the description.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
102409
diff
changeset
|
2988 (font-spec :family "Kochi Gothic")) |
| 84060 | 2989 @end smallexample |
| 2990 @end defun | |
| 2991 | |
| 2992 @defun char-displayable-p char | |
| 2993 This function returns @code{t} if Emacs ought to be able to display | |
| 2994 @var{char}. More precisely, if the selected frame's fontset has a | |
| 2995 font to display the character set that @var{char} belongs to. | |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 Fontsets can specify a font on a per-character basis; when the fontset | |
| 2998 does that, this function's value may not be accurate. | |
| 2999 @end defun | |
| 3000 | |
|
101033
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3001 @node Low-Level Font |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3002 @subsection Low-Level Font Representation |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3003 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3004 Normally, it is not necessary to manipulate fonts directly. In case |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3005 you need to do so, this section explains how. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3006 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3007 In Emacs Lisp, fonts are represented using three different Lisp |
|
101140
d4a656ae8ace
* display.texi (Low-Level Font): Fix typo.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
101069
diff
changeset
|
3008 object types: @dfn{font objects}, @dfn{font specs}, and @dfn{font |
|
101033
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3009 entities}. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3010 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3011 @defun fontp object &optional type |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3012 Return @code{t} if @var{object} is a font object, font spec, or font |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3013 entity. Otherwise, return @code{nil}. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3014 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3015 The optional argument @var{type}, if non-@code{nil}, determines the |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3016 exact type of Lisp object to check for. In that case, @var{type} |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3017 should be one of @code{font-object}, @code{font-spec}, or |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3018 @code{font-entity}. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3019 @end defun |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3020 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3021 A font object is a Lisp object that represents a font that Emacs has |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3022 @dfn{opened}. Font objects cannot be modified in Lisp, but they can |
|
102975
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
3023 be inspected. |
|
101033
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3024 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3025 @defun font-at position &optional window string |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3026 Return the font object that is being used to display the character at |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3027 position @var{position} in the window @var{window}. If @var{window} |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3028 is @code{nil}, it defaults to the selected window. If @var{string} is |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3029 @code{nil}, @var{position} specifies a position in the current buffer; |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3030 otherwise, @var{string} should be a string, and @var{position} |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3031 specifies a position in that string. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3032 @end defun |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3033 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3034 A font spec is a Lisp object that contains a set of specifications |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3035 that can be used to find a font. More than one font may match the |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3036 specifications in a font spec. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3037 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3038 @defun font-spec &rest arguments |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3039 Return a new font spec using the specifications in @var{arguments}, |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3040 which should come in @code{property}-@code{value} pairs. The possible |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3041 specifications are as follows: |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3042 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3043 @table @code |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3044 @item :name |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3045 The font name (a string), in either XLFD, Fontconfig, or GTK format. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3046 @xref{Font X,, Font Specification Options, emacs, The GNU Emacs |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3047 Manual}. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3048 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3049 @item :family |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3050 @itemx :foundry |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3051 @itemx :weight |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3052 @itemx :slant |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3053 @itemx :width |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3054 These have the same meanings as the face attributes of the same name. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3055 @xref{Face Attributes}. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3056 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3057 @item :size |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3058 The font size---either a non-negative integer that specifies the pixel |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3059 size, or a floating point number that specifies the point size. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3060 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3061 @item :adstyle |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3062 Additional typographic style information for the font, such as |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3063 @samp{sans}. The value should be a string or a symbol. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3064 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3065 @item :registry |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3066 The charset registry and encoding of the font, such as |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3067 @samp{iso8859-1}. The value should be a string or a symbol. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3068 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3069 @item :script |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3070 The script that the font must support (a symbol). |
|
107249
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3071 |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3072 @item :otf |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3073 The font must be an OpenType font that supports these OpenType |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3074 features, provided Emacs is compiled with support for @samp{libotf} (a |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3075 library for performing complex text layout in certain scripts). The |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3076 value must be a list of the form |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3077 |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3078 @smallexample |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3079 @code{(@var{script-tag} @var{langsys-tag} @var{gsub} @var{gpos})} |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3080 @end smallexample |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3081 |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3082 where @var{script-tag} is the OpenType script tag symbol; |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3083 @var{langsys-tag} is the OpenType language system tag symbol, or |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3084 @code{nil} to use the default language system; @code{gsub} is a list |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3085 of OpenType GSUB feature tag symbols, or @code{nil} if none is |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3086 required; and @code{gpos} is a list of OpenType GPOS feature tag |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3087 symbols, or @code{nil} if none is required. If @code{gsub} or |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3088 @code{gpos} is a list, a @code{nil} element in that list means that |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3089 the font must not match any of the remaining tag symbols. The |
|
c7093188c806
Document :otf font-spec property.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107070
diff
changeset
|
3090 @code{gpos} element may be omitted. |
|
101033
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3091 @end table |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3092 @end defun |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3093 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3094 @defun font-put font-spec property value |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3095 Set the font property @var{property} in the font-spec @var{font-spec} |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3096 to @var{value}. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3097 @end defun |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3098 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3099 A font entity is a reference to a font that need not be open. Its |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3100 properties are intermediate between a font object and a font spec: |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3101 like a font object, and unlike a font spec, it refers to a single, |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3102 specific font. Unlike a font object, creating a font entity does not |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3103 load the contents of that font into computer memory. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3104 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3105 @defun find-font font-spec &optional frame |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3106 This function returns a font entity that best matches the font spec |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3107 @var{font-spec} on frame @var{frame}. If @var{frame} is @code{nil}, |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3108 it defaults to the selected frame. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3109 @end defun |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3110 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3111 @defun list-fonts font-spec &optional frame num prefer |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3112 This function returns a list of all font entities that match the font |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3113 spec @var{font-spec}. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3114 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3115 The optional argument @var{frame}, if non-@code{nil}, specifies the |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3116 frame on which the fonts are to be displayed. The optional argument |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3117 @var{num}, if non-@code{nil}, should be an integer that specifies the |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3118 maximum length of the returned list. The optional argument |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3119 @var{prefer}, if non-@code{nil}, should be another font spec, which is |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3120 used to control the order of the returned list; the returned font |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3121 entities are sorted in order of decreasing ``closeness'' to that font |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3122 spec. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3123 @end defun |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3124 |
|
102975
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
3125 If you call @code{set-face-attribute} and pass a font spec, font |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
3126 entity, or font name string as the value of the @code{:font} |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
3127 attribute, Emacs opens the best ``matching'' font that is available |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
3128 for display. It then stores the corresponding font object as the |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
3129 actual value of the @code{:font} attribute for that face. |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
3130 |
|
101033
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3131 The following functions can be used to obtain information about a |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3132 font. For these functions, the @var{font} argument can be a font |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3133 object, a font entity, or a font spec. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3134 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3135 @defun font-get font property |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3136 This function returns the value of the font property @var{property} |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3137 for @var{font}. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3138 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3139 If @var{font} is a font spec and the font spec does not specify |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3140 @var{property}, the return value is @code{nil}. If @var{font} is a |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3141 font object or font entity, the value for the @var{:script} property |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3142 may be a list of scripts supported by the font. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3143 @end defun |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3144 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3145 @defun font-face-attributes font &optional frame |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3146 This function returns a list of face attributes corresponding to |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3147 @var{font}. The optional argument @var{frame} specifies the frame on |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3148 which the font is to be displayed. If it is @code{nil}, the selected |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3149 frame is used. The return value has the form |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3150 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3151 @smallexample |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3152 (:family @var{family} :height @var{height} :weight @var{weight} |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3153 :slant @var{slant} :width @var{width}) |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3154 @end smallexample |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3155 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3156 where the values of @var{family}, @var{height}, @var{weight}, |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3157 @var{slant}, and @var{width} are face attribute values. Some of these |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3158 key-attribute pairs may be omitted from the list if they are not |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3159 specified by @var{font}. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3160 @end defun |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3161 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3162 @defun font-xlfd-name font &optional fold-wildcards |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3163 This function returns the XLFD (X Logical Font Descriptor), a string, |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3164 matching @var{font}. @xref{Font X,, Font Specification Options, |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3165 emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for information about XLFDs. If the |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3166 name is too long for an XLFD (which can contain at most 255 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3167 characters), the function returns @code{nil}. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3168 |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3169 If the optional argument @var{fold-wildcards} is non-@code{nil}, |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3170 consecutive wildcards in the XLFD are folded into one. |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3171 @end defun |
|
652cf1b0fd5a
(Font Lookup): Remove obsolete function
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100990
diff
changeset
|
3172 |
| 84060 | 3173 @node Fringes |
| 3174 @section Fringes | |
| 3175 @cindex fringes | |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 The @dfn{fringes} of a window are thin vertical strips down the | |
| 3178 sides that are used for displaying bitmaps that indicate truncation, | |
| 3179 continuation, horizontal scrolling, and the overlay arrow. | |
| 3180 | |
| 3181 @menu | |
| 3182 * Fringe Size/Pos:: Specifying where to put the window fringes. | |
| 3183 * Fringe Indicators:: Displaying indicator icons in the window fringes. | |
| 3184 * Fringe Cursors:: Displaying cursors in the right fringe. | |
| 3185 * Fringe Bitmaps:: Specifying bitmaps for fringe indicators. | |
| 3186 * Customizing Bitmaps:: Specifying your own bitmaps to use in the fringes. | |
| 3187 * Overlay Arrow:: Display of an arrow to indicate position. | |
| 3188 @end menu | |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 @node Fringe Size/Pos | |
| 3191 @subsection Fringe Size and Position | |
| 3192 | |
| 3193 The following buffer-local variables control the position and width | |
| 3194 of the window fringes. | |
| 3195 | |
| 3196 @defvar fringes-outside-margins | |
| 3197 The fringes normally appear between the display margins and the window | |
| 3198 text. If the value is non-@code{nil}, they appear outside the display | |
| 3199 margins. @xref{Display Margins}. | |
| 3200 @end defvar | |
| 3201 | |
| 3202 @defvar left-fringe-width | |
| 3203 This variable, if non-@code{nil}, specifies the width of the left | |
| 3204 fringe in pixels. A value of @code{nil} means to use the left fringe | |
| 3205 width from the window's frame. | |
| 3206 @end defvar | |
| 3207 | |
| 3208 @defvar right-fringe-width | |
| 3209 This variable, if non-@code{nil}, specifies the width of the right | |
| 3210 fringe in pixels. A value of @code{nil} means to use the right fringe | |
| 3211 width from the window's frame. | |
| 3212 @end defvar | |
| 3213 | |
| 3214 The values of these variables take effect when you display the | |
| 3215 buffer in a window. If you change them while the buffer is visible, | |
| 3216 you can call @code{set-window-buffer} to display it once again in the | |
| 3217 same window, to make the changes take effect. | |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 @defun set-window-fringes window left &optional right outside-margins | |
| 3220 This function sets the fringe widths of window @var{window}. | |
| 3221 If @var{window} is @code{nil}, the selected window is used. | |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 The argument @var{left} specifies the width in pixels of the left | |
| 3224 fringe, and likewise @var{right} for the right fringe. A value of | |
| 3225 @code{nil} for either one stands for the default width. If | |
| 3226 @var{outside-margins} is non-@code{nil}, that specifies that fringes | |
| 3227 should appear outside of the display margins. | |
| 3228 @end defun | |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 @defun window-fringes &optional window | |
| 3231 This function returns information about the fringes of a window | |
| 3232 @var{window}. If @var{window} is omitted or @code{nil}, the selected | |
| 3233 window is used. The value has the form @code{(@var{left-width} | |
| 3234 @var{right-width} @var{outside-margins})}. | |
| 3235 @end defun | |
| 3236 | |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 @node Fringe Indicators | |
| 3239 @subsection Fringe Indicators | |
| 3240 @cindex fringe indicators | |
| 3241 @cindex indicators, fringe | |
| 3242 | |
| 3243 The @dfn{fringe indicators} are tiny icons Emacs displays in the | |
| 3244 window fringe (on a graphic display) to indicate truncated or | |
| 3245 continued lines, buffer boundaries, overlay arrow, etc. | |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 @defopt indicate-empty-lines | |
| 3248 @cindex fringes, and empty line indication | |
| 3249 When this is non-@code{nil}, Emacs displays a special glyph in the | |
| 3250 fringe of each empty line at the end of the buffer, on graphical | |
| 3251 displays. @xref{Fringes}. This variable is automatically | |
| 3252 buffer-local in every buffer. | |
| 3253 @end defopt | |
| 3254 | |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
3255 @defopt indicate-buffer-boundaries |
| 84060 | 3256 This buffer-local variable controls how the buffer boundaries and |
| 3257 window scrolling are indicated in the window fringes. | |
| 3258 | |
| 3259 Emacs can indicate the buffer boundaries---that is, the first and last | |
| 3260 line in the buffer---with angle icons when they appear on the screen. | |
| 3261 In addition, Emacs can display an up-arrow in the fringe to show | |
| 3262 that there is text above the screen, and a down-arrow to show | |
| 3263 there is text below the screen. | |
| 3264 | |
| 3265 There are three kinds of basic values: | |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 @table @asis | |
| 3268 @item @code{nil} | |
| 3269 Don't display any of these fringe icons. | |
| 3270 @item @code{left} | |
| 3271 Display the angle icons and arrows in the left fringe. | |
| 3272 @item @code{right} | |
| 3273 Display the angle icons and arrows in the right fringe. | |
| 3274 @item any non-alist | |
| 3275 Display the angle icons in the left fringe | |
| 3276 and don't display the arrows. | |
| 3277 @end table | |
| 3278 | |
| 3279 Otherwise the value should be an alist that specifies which fringe | |
| 3280 indicators to display and where. Each element of the alist should | |
| 3281 have the form @code{(@var{indicator} . @var{position})}. Here, | |
| 3282 @var{indicator} is one of @code{top}, @code{bottom}, @code{up}, | |
| 3283 @code{down}, and @code{t} (which covers all the icons not yet | |
| 3284 specified), while @var{position} is one of @code{left}, @code{right} | |
| 3285 and @code{nil}. | |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 For example, @code{((top . left) (t . right))} places the top angle | |
| 3288 bitmap in left fringe, and the bottom angle bitmap as well as both | |
| 3289 arrow bitmaps in right fringe. To show the angle bitmaps in the left | |
| 3290 fringe, and no arrow bitmaps, use @code{((top . left) (bottom . left))}. | |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
3291 @end defopt |
| 84060 | 3292 |
| 3293 @defvar fringe-indicator-alist | |
| 3294 This buffer-local variable specifies the mapping from logical fringe | |
| 3295 indicators to the actual bitmaps displayed in the window fringes. | |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 These symbols identify the logical fringe indicators: | |
| 3298 | |
| 3299 @table @asis | |
| 3300 @item Truncation and continuation line indicators: | |
| 3301 @code{truncation}, @code{continuation}. | |
| 3302 | |
| 3303 @item Buffer position indicators: | |
| 3304 @code{up}, @code{down}, | |
| 3305 @code{top}, @code{bottom}, | |
| 3306 @code{top-bottom}. | |
| 3307 | |
| 3308 @item Empty line indicator: | |
| 3309 @code{empty-line}. | |
| 3310 | |
| 3311 @item Overlay arrow indicator: | |
| 3312 @code{overlay-arrow}. | |
| 3313 | |
| 3314 @item Unknown bitmap indicator: | |
| 3315 @code{unknown}. | |
| 3316 @end table | |
| 3317 | |
| 3318 The value is an alist where each element @code{(@var{indicator} . @var{bitmaps})} | |
| 3319 specifies the fringe bitmaps used to display a specific logical | |
| 3320 fringe indicator. | |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 Here, @var{indicator} specifies the logical indicator type, and | |
| 3323 @var{bitmaps} is list of symbols @code{(@var{left} @var{right} | |
| 3324 [@var{left1} @var{right1}])} which specifies the actual bitmap shown | |
| 3325 in the left or right fringe for the logical indicator. | |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 The @var{left} and @var{right} symbols specify the bitmaps shown in | |
| 3328 the left and/or right fringe for the specific indicator. The | |
| 3329 @var{left1} or @var{right1} bitmaps are used only for the `bottom' and | |
| 3330 `top-bottom indicators when the last (only) line in has no final | |
| 3331 newline. Alternatively, @var{bitmaps} may be a single symbol which is | |
| 3332 used in both left and right fringes. | |
| 3333 | |
| 3334 When @code{fringe-indicator-alist} has a buffer-local value, and there | |
| 3335 is no bitmap defined for a logical indicator, or the bitmap is | |
|
104626
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104570
diff
changeset
|
3336 @code{t}, the corresponding value from the default value of |
|
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104570
diff
changeset
|
3337 @code{fringe-indicator-alist} is used. |
| 84060 | 3338 |
| 3339 To completely hide a specific indicator, set the bitmap to @code{nil}. | |
| 3340 @end defvar | |
| 3341 | |
| 3342 Standard fringe bitmaps for indicators: | |
| 3343 @example | |
| 3344 left-arrow right-arrow up-arrow down-arrow | |
| 3345 left-curly-arrow right-curly-arrow | |
| 3346 left-triangle right-triangle | |
| 3347 top-left-angle top-right-angle | |
| 3348 bottom-left-angle bottom-right-angle | |
| 3349 left-bracket right-bracket | |
| 3350 filled-rectangle hollow-rectangle | |
| 3351 filled-square hollow-square | |
| 3352 vertical-bar horizontal-bar | |
| 3353 empty-line question-mark | |
| 3354 @end example | |
| 3355 | |
| 3356 @node Fringe Cursors | |
| 3357 @subsection Fringe Cursors | |
| 3358 @cindex fringe cursors | |
| 3359 @cindex cursor, fringe | |
| 3360 | |
| 3361 When a line is exactly as wide as the window, Emacs displays the | |
| 3362 cursor in the right fringe instead of using two lines. Different | |
| 3363 bitmaps are used to represent the cursor in the fringe depending on | |
| 3364 the current buffer's cursor type. | |
| 3365 | |
| 3366 @table @asis | |
| 3367 @item Logical cursor types: | |
| 3368 @code{box} , @code{hollow}, @code{bar}, | |
| 3369 @code{hbar}, @code{hollow-small}. | |
| 3370 @end table | |
| 3371 | |
| 3372 The @code{hollow-small} type is used instead of @code{hollow} when the | |
| 3373 normal @code{hollow-rectangle} bitmap is too tall to fit on a specific | |
| 3374 display line. | |
| 3375 | |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
3376 @defopt overflow-newline-into-fringe |
| 84060 | 3377 If this is non-@code{nil}, lines exactly as wide as the window (not |
| 3378 counting the final newline character) are not continued. Instead, | |
| 3379 when point is at the end of the line, the cursor appears in the right | |
| 3380 fringe. | |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
3381 @end defopt |
| 84060 | 3382 |
| 3383 @defvar fringe-cursor-alist | |
| 3384 This variable specifies the mapping from logical cursor type to the | |
| 3385 actual fringe bitmaps displayed in the right fringe. The value is an | |
| 3386 alist where each element @code{(@var{cursor} . @var{bitmap})} specifies | |
| 3387 the fringe bitmaps used to display a specific logical cursor type in | |
| 3388 the fringe. Here, @var{cursor} specifies the logical cursor type and | |
| 3389 @var{bitmap} is a symbol specifying the fringe bitmap to be displayed | |
| 3390 for that logical cursor type. | |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 When @code{fringe-cursor-alist} has a buffer-local value, and there is | |
| 3393 no bitmap defined for a cursor type, the corresponding value from the | |
|
104626
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104570
diff
changeset
|
3394 default value of @code{fringes-indicator-alist} is used. |
| 84060 | 3395 @end defvar |
| 3396 | |
| 3397 Standard bitmaps for displaying the cursor in right fringe: | |
| 3398 @example | |
| 3399 filled-rectangle hollow-rectangle filled-square hollow-square | |
| 3400 vertical-bar horizontal-bar | |
| 3401 @end example | |
| 3402 | |
| 3403 | |
| 3404 @node Fringe Bitmaps | |
| 3405 @subsection Fringe Bitmaps | |
| 3406 @cindex fringe bitmaps | |
| 3407 @cindex bitmaps, fringe | |
| 3408 | |
| 3409 The @dfn{fringe bitmaps} are the actual bitmaps which represent the | |
| 3410 logical fringe indicators for truncated or continued lines, buffer | |
| 3411 boundaries, overlay arrow, etc. Fringe bitmap symbols have their own | |
| 3412 name space. The fringe bitmaps are shared by all frames and windows. | |
| 3413 You can redefine the built-in fringe bitmaps, and you can define new | |
| 3414 fringe bitmaps. | |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 The way to display a bitmap in the left or right fringes for a given | |
| 3417 line in a window is by specifying the @code{display} property for one | |
| 3418 of the characters that appears in it. Use a display specification of | |
| 3419 the form @code{(left-fringe @var{bitmap} [@var{face}])} or | |
| 3420 @code{(right-fringe @var{bitmap} [@var{face}])} (@pxref{Display | |
| 3421 Property}). Here, @var{bitmap} is a symbol identifying the bitmap you | |
| 3422 want, and @var{face} (which is optional) is the name of the face whose | |
| 3423 colors should be used for displaying the bitmap, instead of the | |
| 3424 default @code{fringe} face. @var{face} is automatically merged with | |
| 3425 the @code{fringe} face, so normally @var{face} need only specify the | |
| 3426 foreground color for the bitmap. | |
| 3427 | |
| 3428 @defun fringe-bitmaps-at-pos &optional pos window | |
| 3429 This function returns the fringe bitmaps of the display line | |
| 3430 containing position @var{pos} in window @var{window}. The return | |
| 3431 value has the form @code{(@var{left} @var{right} @var{ov})}, where @var{left} | |
| 3432 is the symbol for the fringe bitmap in the left fringe (or @code{nil} | |
| 3433 if no bitmap), @var{right} is similar for the right fringe, and @var{ov} | |
| 3434 is non-@code{nil} if there is an overlay arrow in the left fringe. | |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 The value is @code{nil} if @var{pos} is not visible in @var{window}. | |
| 3437 If @var{window} is @code{nil}, that stands for the selected window. | |
| 3438 If @var{pos} is @code{nil}, that stands for the value of point in | |
| 3439 @var{window}. | |
| 3440 @end defun | |
| 3441 | |
| 3442 @node Customizing Bitmaps | |
| 3443 @subsection Customizing Fringe Bitmaps | |
| 3444 | |
| 3445 @defun define-fringe-bitmap bitmap bits &optional height width align | |
| 3446 This function defines the symbol @var{bitmap} as a new fringe bitmap, | |
| 3447 or replaces an existing bitmap with that name. | |
| 3448 | |
| 3449 The argument @var{bits} specifies the image to use. It should be | |
| 3450 either a string or a vector of integers, where each element (an | |
| 3451 integer) corresponds to one row of the bitmap. Each bit of an integer | |
| 3452 corresponds to one pixel of the bitmap, where the low bit corresponds | |
| 3453 to the rightmost pixel of the bitmap. | |
| 3454 | |
| 3455 The height is normally the length of @var{bits}. However, you | |
| 3456 can specify a different height with non-@code{nil} @var{height}. The width | |
| 3457 is normally 8, but you can specify a different width with non-@code{nil} | |
| 3458 @var{width}. The width must be an integer between 1 and 16. | |
| 3459 | |
| 3460 The argument @var{align} specifies the positioning of the bitmap | |
| 3461 relative to the range of rows where it is used; the default is to | |
| 3462 center the bitmap. The allowed values are @code{top}, @code{center}, | |
| 3463 or @code{bottom}. | |
| 3464 | |
| 3465 The @var{align} argument may also be a list @code{(@var{align} | |
| 3466 @var{periodic})} where @var{align} is interpreted as described above. | |
| 3467 If @var{periodic} is non-@code{nil}, it specifies that the rows in | |
| 3468 @code{bits} should be repeated enough times to reach the specified | |
| 3469 height. | |
| 3470 @end defun | |
| 3471 | |
| 3472 @defun destroy-fringe-bitmap bitmap | |
| 3473 This function destroy the fringe bitmap identified by @var{bitmap}. | |
| 3474 If @var{bitmap} identifies a standard fringe bitmap, it actually | |
| 3475 restores the standard definition of that bitmap, instead of | |
| 3476 eliminating it entirely. | |
| 3477 @end defun | |
| 3478 | |
| 3479 @defun set-fringe-bitmap-face bitmap &optional face | |
| 3480 This sets the face for the fringe bitmap @var{bitmap} to @var{face}. | |
| 3481 If @var{face} is @code{nil}, it selects the @code{fringe} face. The | |
| 3482 bitmap's face controls the color to draw it in. | |
| 3483 | |
| 3484 @var{face} is merged with the @code{fringe} face, so normally | |
| 3485 @var{face} should specify only the foreground color. | |
| 3486 @end defun | |
| 3487 | |
| 3488 @node Overlay Arrow | |
| 3489 @subsection The Overlay Arrow | |
| 3490 @c @cindex overlay arrow Duplicates variable names | |
| 3491 | |
| 3492 The @dfn{overlay arrow} is useful for directing the user's attention | |
| 3493 to a particular line in a buffer. For example, in the modes used for | |
| 3494 interface to debuggers, the overlay arrow indicates the line of code | |
| 3495 about to be executed. This feature has nothing to do with | |
| 3496 @dfn{overlays} (@pxref{Overlays}). | |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 @defvar overlay-arrow-string | |
| 3499 This variable holds the string to display to call attention to a | |
| 3500 particular line, or @code{nil} if the arrow feature is not in use. | |
| 3501 On a graphical display the contents of the string are ignored; instead a | |
| 3502 glyph is displayed in the fringe area to the left of the display area. | |
| 3503 @end defvar | |
| 3504 | |
| 3505 @defvar overlay-arrow-position | |
| 3506 This variable holds a marker that indicates where to display the overlay | |
| 3507 arrow. It should point at the beginning of a line. On a non-graphical | |
| 3508 display the arrow text | |
| 3509 appears at the beginning of that line, overlaying any text that would | |
| 3510 otherwise appear. Since the arrow is usually short, and the line | |
| 3511 usually begins with indentation, normally nothing significant is | |
| 3512 overwritten. | |
| 3513 | |
| 3514 The overlay-arrow string is displayed in any given buffer if the value | |
| 3515 of @code{overlay-arrow-position} in that buffer points into that | |
| 3516 buffer. Thus, it is possible to display multiple overlay arrow strings | |
| 3517 by creating buffer-local bindings of @code{overlay-arrow-position}. | |
| 3518 However, it is usually cleaner to use | |
| 3519 @code{overlay-arrow-variable-list} to achieve this result. | |
| 3520 @c !!! overlay-arrow-position: but the overlay string may remain in the display | |
| 3521 @c of some other buffer until an update is required. This should be fixed | |
| 3522 @c now. Is it? | |
| 3523 @end defvar | |
| 3524 | |
| 3525 You can do a similar job by creating an overlay with a | |
| 3526 @code{before-string} property. @xref{Overlay Properties}. | |
| 3527 | |
| 3528 You can define multiple overlay arrows via the variable | |
| 3529 @code{overlay-arrow-variable-list}. | |
| 3530 | |
| 3531 @defvar overlay-arrow-variable-list | |
| 3532 This variable's value is a list of variables, each of which specifies | |
| 3533 the position of an overlay arrow. The variable | |
| 3534 @code{overlay-arrow-position} has its normal meaning because it is on | |
| 3535 this list. | |
| 3536 @end defvar | |
| 3537 | |
| 3538 Each variable on this list can have properties | |
| 3539 @code{overlay-arrow-string} and @code{overlay-arrow-bitmap} that | |
| 3540 specify an overlay arrow string (for text-only terminals) or fringe | |
| 3541 bitmap (for graphical terminals) to display at the corresponding | |
| 3542 overlay arrow position. If either property is not set, the default | |
| 3543 @code{overlay-arrow-string} or @code{overlay-arrow} fringe indicator | |
| 3544 is used. | |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 @node Scroll Bars | |
| 3547 @section Scroll Bars | |
| 3548 @cindex scroll bars | |
| 3549 | |
| 3550 Normally the frame parameter @code{vertical-scroll-bars} controls | |
| 3551 whether the windows in the frame have vertical scroll bars, and | |
| 3552 whether they are on the left or right. The frame parameter | |
| 3553 @code{scroll-bar-width} specifies how wide they are (@code{nil} | |
| 3554 meaning the default). @xref{Layout Parameters}. | |
| 3555 | |
| 3556 @defun frame-current-scroll-bars &optional frame | |
| 3557 This function reports the scroll bar type settings for frame | |
| 3558 @var{frame}. The value is a cons cell | |
| 3559 @code{(@var{vertical-type} .@: @var{horizontal-type})}, where | |
| 3560 @var{vertical-type} is either @code{left}, @code{right}, or @code{nil} | |
| 3561 (which means no scroll bar.) @var{horizontal-type} is meant to | |
| 3562 specify the horizontal scroll bar type, but since they are not | |
| 3563 implemented, it is always @code{nil}. | |
| 3564 @end defun | |
| 3565 | |
| 3566 @vindex vertical-scroll-bar | |
| 3567 You can enable or disable scroll bars for a particular buffer, | |
| 3568 by setting the variable @code{vertical-scroll-bar}. This variable | |
| 3569 automatically becomes buffer-local when set. The possible values are | |
| 3570 @code{left}, @code{right}, @code{t}, which means to use the | |
| 3571 frame's default, and @code{nil} for no scroll bar. | |
| 3572 | |
| 3573 You can also control this for individual windows. Call the function | |
| 3574 @code{set-window-scroll-bars} to specify what to do for a specific window: | |
| 3575 | |
| 3576 @defun set-window-scroll-bars window width &optional vertical-type horizontal-type | |
| 3577 This function sets the width and type of scroll bars for window | |
| 3578 @var{window}. | |
| 3579 | |
| 3580 @var{width} specifies the scroll bar width in pixels (@code{nil} means | |
| 3581 use the width specified for the frame). @var{vertical-type} specifies | |
| 3582 whether to have a vertical scroll bar and, if so, where. The possible | |
| 3583 values are @code{left}, @code{right} and @code{nil}, just like the | |
| 3584 values of the @code{vertical-scroll-bars} frame parameter. | |
| 3585 | |
| 3586 The argument @var{horizontal-type} is meant to specify whether and | |
| 3587 where to have horizontal scroll bars, but since they are not | |
| 3588 implemented, it has no effect. If @var{window} is @code{nil}, the | |
| 3589 selected window is used. | |
| 3590 @end defun | |
| 3591 | |
| 3592 @defun window-scroll-bars &optional window | |
| 3593 Report the width and type of scroll bars specified for @var{window}. | |
| 3594 If @var{window} is omitted or @code{nil}, the selected window is used. | |
| 3595 The value is a list of the form @code{(@var{width} | |
| 3596 @var{cols} @var{vertical-type} @var{horizontal-type})}. The value | |
| 3597 @var{width} is the value that was specified for the width (which may | |
| 3598 be @code{nil}); @var{cols} is the number of columns that the scroll | |
| 3599 bar actually occupies. | |
| 3600 | |
| 3601 @var{horizontal-type} is not actually meaningful. | |
| 3602 @end defun | |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 If you don't specify these values for a window with | |
| 3605 @code{set-window-scroll-bars}, the buffer-local variables | |
| 3606 @code{scroll-bar-mode} and @code{scroll-bar-width} in the buffer being | |
| 3607 displayed control the window's vertical scroll bars. The function | |
| 3608 @code{set-window-buffer} examines these variables. If you change them | |
| 3609 in a buffer that is already visible in a window, you can make the | |
| 3610 window take note of the new values by calling @code{set-window-buffer} | |
| 3611 specifying the same buffer that is already displayed. | |
| 3612 | |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
3613 @defopt scroll-bar-mode |
| 84060 | 3614 This variable, always local in all buffers, controls whether and where |
| 3615 to put scroll bars in windows displaying the buffer. The possible values | |
| 3616 are @code{nil} for no scroll bar, @code{left} to put a scroll bar on | |
| 3617 the left, and @code{right} to put a scroll bar on the right. | |
|
103273
c32ec20d0ab5
* abbrevs.texi (Abbrev Mode): abbrev-mode is an option.
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
102981
diff
changeset
|
3618 @end defopt |
| 84060 | 3619 |
| 3620 @defun window-current-scroll-bars &optional window | |
| 3621 This function reports the scroll bar type for window @var{window}. | |
| 3622 If @var{window} is omitted or @code{nil}, the selected window is used. | |
| 3623 The value is a cons cell | |
| 3624 @code{(@var{vertical-type} .@: @var{horizontal-type})}. Unlike | |
| 3625 @code{window-scroll-bars}, this reports the scroll bar type actually | |
| 3626 used, once frame defaults and @code{scroll-bar-mode} are taken into | |
| 3627 account. | |
| 3628 @end defun | |
| 3629 | |
| 3630 @defvar scroll-bar-width | |
| 3631 This variable, always local in all buffers, specifies the width of the | |
| 3632 buffer's scroll bars, measured in pixels. A value of @code{nil} means | |
| 3633 to use the value specified by the frame. | |
| 3634 @end defvar | |
| 3635 | |
| 3636 @node Display Property | |
| 3637 @section The @code{display} Property | |
| 3638 @cindex display specification | |
| 3639 @kindex display @r{(text property)} | |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 The @code{display} text property (or overlay property) is used to | |
| 3642 insert images into text, and also control other aspects of how text | |
| 3643 displays. The value of the @code{display} property should be a | |
| 3644 display specification, or a list or vector containing several display | |
| 85311 | 3645 specifications. Display specifications in the same @code{display} |
| 3646 property value generally apply in parallel to the text they cover. | |
| 3647 | |
| 3648 If several sources (overlays and/or a text property) specify values | |
| 3649 for the @code{display} property, only one of the values takes effect, | |
| 3650 following the rules of @code{get-char-property}. @xref{Examining | |
| 3651 Properties}. | |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 The rest of this section describes several kinds of | |
| 3654 display specifications and what they mean. | |
| 3655 | |
| 3656 @menu | |
| 3657 * Replacing Specs:: Display specs that replace the text. | |
| 3658 * Specified Space:: Displaying one space with a specified width. | |
| 3659 * Pixel Specification:: Specifying space width or height in pixels. | |
| 3660 * Other Display Specs:: Displaying an image; magnifying text; moving it | |
| 3661 up or down on the page; adjusting the width | |
| 3662 of spaces within text. | |
| 3663 * Display Margins:: Displaying text or images to the side of the main text. | |
| 3664 @end menu | |
| 3665 | |
| 3666 @node Replacing Specs | |
| 3667 @subsection Display Specs That Replace The Text | |
| 85114 | 3668 |
| 3669 Some kinds of @code{display} specifications specify something to | |
| 85311 | 3670 display instead of the text that has the property. These are called |
| 3671 @dfn{replacing} display specifications. Emacs does not allow the user | |
| 3672 to interactively move point into the middle of buffer text that is | |
| 3673 replaced in this way. | |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 If a list of display specifications includes more than one replacing | |
| 3676 display specification, the first overrides the rest. Replacing | |
| 3677 display specifications make most other display specifications | |
| 3678 irrelevant, since those don't apply to the replacement. | |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 For replacing display specifications, ``the text that has the | |
| 3681 property'' means all the consecutive characters that have the same | |
| 3682 Lisp object as their @code{display} property; these characters are | |
| 3683 replaced as a single unit. By contrast, characters that have similar | |
| 3684 but distinct Lisp objects as their @code{display} properties are | |
| 3685 handled separately. Here's a function that illustrates this point: | |
| 84060 | 3686 |
| 3687 @smallexample | |
| 3688 (defun foo () | |
| 3689 (goto-char (point-min)) | |
| 3690 (dotimes (i 5) | |
| 3691 (let ((string (concat "A"))) | |
| 3692 (put-text-property (point) (1+ (point)) 'display string) | |
| 3693 (forward-char 1) | |
| 3694 (put-text-property (point) (1+ (point)) 'display string) | |
| 3695 (forward-char 1)))) | |
| 3696 @end smallexample | |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 @noindent | |
| 3699 It gives each of the first ten characters in the buffer string | |
| 3700 @code{"A"} as the @code{display} property, but they don't all get the | |
| 3701 same string. The first two characters get the same string, so they | |
| 3702 together are replaced with one @samp{A}. The next two characters get | |
| 3703 a second string, so they together are replaced with one @samp{A}. | |
| 3704 Likewise for each following pair of characters. Thus, the ten | |
| 3705 characters appear as five A's. This function would have the same | |
| 3706 results: | |
| 3707 | |
| 3708 @smallexample | |
| 3709 (defun foo () | |
| 3710 (goto-char (point-min)) | |
| 3711 (dotimes (i 5) | |
| 3712 (let ((string (concat "A"))) | |
| 85114 | 3713 (put-text-property (point) (+ 2 (point)) 'display string) |
| 84060 | 3714 (put-text-property (point) (1+ (point)) 'display string) |
| 3715 (forward-char 2)))) | |
| 3716 @end smallexample | |
| 3717 | |
| 3718 @noindent | |
| 3719 This illustrates that what matters is the property value for | |
| 3720 each character. If two consecutive characters have the same | |
| 3721 object as the @code{display} property value, it's irrelevant | |
| 3722 whether they got this property from a single call to | |
| 3723 @code{put-text-property} or from two different calls. | |
| 3724 | |
| 3725 @node Specified Space | |
| 3726 @subsection Specified Spaces | |
| 3727 @cindex spaces, specified height or width | |
| 3728 @cindex variable-width spaces | |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 To display a space of specified width and/or height, use a display | |
| 3731 specification of the form @code{(space . @var{props})}, where | |
| 3732 @var{props} is a property list (a list of alternating properties and | |
| 3733 values). You can put this property on one or more consecutive | |
| 3734 characters; a space of the specified height and width is displayed in | |
| 3735 place of @emph{all} of those characters. These are the properties you | |
| 3736 can use in @var{props} to specify the weight of the space: | |
| 3737 | |
| 3738 @table @code | |
| 3739 @item :width @var{width} | |
| 3740 If @var{width} is an integer or floating point number, it specifies | |
| 3741 that the space width should be @var{width} times the normal character | |
| 3742 width. @var{width} can also be a @dfn{pixel width} specification | |
| 3743 (@pxref{Pixel Specification}). | |
| 3744 | |
| 3745 @item :relative-width @var{factor} | |
| 3746 Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the | |
| 3747 first character in the group of consecutive characters that have the | |
| 3748 same @code{display} property. The space width is the width of that | |
| 3749 character, multiplied by @var{factor}. | |
| 3750 | |
| 3751 @item :align-to @var{hpos} | |
| 3752 Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach @var{hpos}. | |
| 3753 If @var{hpos} is a number, it is measured in units of the normal | |
| 3754 character width. @var{hpos} can also be a @dfn{pixel width} | |
| 3755 specification (@pxref{Pixel Specification}). | |
| 3756 @end table | |
| 3757 | |
| 3758 You should use one and only one of the above properties. You can | |
| 3759 also specify the height of the space, with these properties: | |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 @table @code | |
| 3762 @item :height @var{height} | |
| 3763 Specifies the height of the space. | |
| 3764 If @var{height} is an integer or floating point number, it specifies | |
| 3765 that the space height should be @var{height} times the normal character | |
| 3766 height. The @var{height} may also be a @dfn{pixel height} specification | |
| 3767 (@pxref{Pixel Specification}). | |
| 3768 | |
| 3769 @item :relative-height @var{factor} | |
| 3770 Specifies the height of the space, multiplying the ordinary height | |
| 3771 of the text having this display specification by @var{factor}. | |
| 3772 | |
| 3773 @item :ascent @var{ascent} | |
| 3774 If the value of @var{ascent} is a non-negative number no greater than | |
| 3775 100, it specifies that @var{ascent} percent of the height of the space | |
| 3776 should be considered as the ascent of the space---that is, the part | |
| 3777 above the baseline. The ascent may also be specified in pixel units | |
| 3778 with a @dfn{pixel ascent} specification (@pxref{Pixel Specification}). | |
| 3779 | |
| 3780 @end table | |
| 3781 | |
| 3782 Don't use both @code{:height} and @code{:relative-height} together. | |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 The @code{:width} and @code{:align-to} properties are supported on | |
| 3785 non-graphic terminals, but the other space properties in this section | |
| 3786 are not. | |
| 3787 | |
| 3788 @node Pixel Specification | |
| 3789 @subsection Pixel Specification for Spaces | |
| 3790 @cindex spaces, pixel specification | |
| 3791 | |
| 3792 The value of the @code{:width}, @code{:align-to}, @code{:height}, | |
| 3793 and @code{:ascent} properties can be a special kind of expression that | |
| 3794 is evaluated during redisplay. The result of the evaluation is used | |
| 3795 as an absolute number of pixels. | |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 The following expressions are supported: | |
| 3798 | |
| 3799 @smallexample | |
| 3800 @group | |
| 3801 @var{expr} ::= @var{num} | (@var{num}) | @var{unit} | @var{elem} | @var{pos} | @var{image} | @var{form} | |
| 3802 @var{num} ::= @var{integer} | @var{float} | @var{symbol} | |
| 3803 @var{unit} ::= in | mm | cm | width | height | |
| 3804 @end group | |
| 3805 @group | |
| 3806 @var{elem} ::= left-fringe | right-fringe | left-margin | right-margin | |
| 3807 | scroll-bar | text | |
| 3808 @var{pos} ::= left | center | right | |
| 3809 @var{form} ::= (@var{num} . @var{expr}) | (@var{op} @var{expr} ...) | |
| 3810 @var{op} ::= + | - | |
| 3811 @end group | |
| 3812 @end smallexample | |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 The form @var{num} specifies a fraction of the default frame font | |
| 3815 height or width. The form @code{(@var{num})} specifies an absolute | |
| 3816 number of pixels. If @var{num} is a symbol, @var{symbol}, its | |
| 3817 buffer-local variable binding is used. | |
| 3818 | |
| 3819 The @code{in}, @code{mm}, and @code{cm} units specify the number of | |
| 3820 pixels per inch, millimeter, and centimeter, respectively. The | |
| 3821 @code{width} and @code{height} units correspond to the default width | |
| 3822 and height of the current face. An image specification @code{image} | |
| 3823 corresponds to the width or height of the image. | |
| 3824 | |
| 3825 The @code{left-fringe}, @code{right-fringe}, @code{left-margin}, | |
| 3826 @code{right-margin}, @code{scroll-bar}, and @code{text} elements | |
| 3827 specify to the width of the corresponding area of the window. | |
| 3828 | |
| 3829 The @code{left}, @code{center}, and @code{right} positions can be | |
| 3830 used with @code{:align-to} to specify a position relative to the left | |
| 3831 edge, center, or right edge of the text area. | |
| 3832 | |
| 3833 Any of the above window elements (except @code{text}) can also be | |
| 3834 used with @code{:align-to} to specify that the position is relative to | |
| 3835 the left edge of the given area. Once the base offset for a relative | |
| 3836 position has been set (by the first occurrence of one of these | |
| 3837 symbols), further occurrences of these symbols are interpreted as the | |
| 3838 width of the specified area. For example, to align to the center of | |
| 3839 the left-margin, use | |
| 3840 | |
| 3841 @example | |
| 3842 :align-to (+ left-margin (0.5 . left-margin)) | |
| 3843 @end example | |
| 3844 | |
| 3845 If no specific base offset is set for alignment, it is always relative | |
| 3846 to the left edge of the text area. For example, @samp{:align-to 0} in a | |
| 3847 header-line aligns with the first text column in the text area. | |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 A value of the form @code{(@var{num} . @var{expr})} stands for the | |
| 3850 product of the values of @var{num} and @var{expr}. For example, | |
| 3851 @code{(2 . in)} specifies a width of 2 inches, while @code{(0.5 . | |
| 3852 @var{image})} specifies half the width (or height) of the specified | |
| 3853 image. | |
| 3854 | |
| 3855 The form @code{(+ @var{expr} ...)} adds up the value of the | |
| 3856 expressions. The form @code{(- @var{expr} ...)} negates or subtracts | |
| 3857 the value of the expressions. | |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 @node Other Display Specs | |
| 3860 @subsection Other Display Specifications | |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 Here are the other sorts of display specifications that you can use | |
| 3863 in the @code{display} text property. | |
| 3864 | |
| 3865 @table @code | |
| 3866 @item @var{string} | |
| 3867 Display @var{string} instead of the text that has this property. | |
| 3868 | |
| 3869 Recursive display specifications are not supported---@var{string}'s | |
| 3870 @code{display} properties, if any, are not used. | |
| 3871 | |
| 3872 @item (image . @var{image-props}) | |
| 3873 This kind of display specification is an image descriptor (@pxref{Images}). | |
| 3874 When used as a display specification, it means to display the image | |
| 3875 instead of the text that has the display specification. | |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 @item (slice @var{x} @var{y} @var{width} @var{height}) | |
| 3878 This specification together with @code{image} specifies a @dfn{slice} | |
| 3879 (a partial area) of the image to display. The elements @var{y} and | |
| 3880 @var{x} specify the top left corner of the slice, within the image; | |
| 3881 @var{width} and @var{height} specify the width and height of the | |
| 3882 slice. Integer values are numbers of pixels. A floating point number | |
| 3883 in the range 0.0--1.0 stands for that fraction of the width or height | |
| 3884 of the entire image. | |
| 3885 | |
| 3886 @item ((margin nil) @var{string}) | |
| 3887 A display specification of this form means to display @var{string} | |
| 3888 instead of the text that has the display specification, at the same | |
| 3889 position as that text. It is equivalent to using just @var{string}, | |
| 3890 but it is done as a special case of marginal display (@pxref{Display | |
| 3891 Margins}). | |
| 3892 | |
| 3893 @item (space-width @var{factor}) | |
| 3894 This display specification affects all the space characters within the | |
| 3895 text that has the specification. It displays all of these spaces | |
| 3896 @var{factor} times as wide as normal. The element @var{factor} should | |
| 3897 be an integer or float. Characters other than spaces are not affected | |
| 3898 at all; in particular, this has no effect on tab characters. | |
| 3899 | |
| 3900 @item (height @var{height}) | |
| 3901 This display specification makes the text taller or shorter. | |
| 3902 Here are the possibilities for @var{height}: | |
| 3903 | |
| 3904 @table @asis | |
| 3905 @item @code{(+ @var{n})} | |
| 3906 This means to use a font that is @var{n} steps larger. A ``step'' is | |
| 3907 defined by the set of available fonts---specifically, those that match | |
| 3908 what was otherwise specified for this text, in all attributes except | |
| 3909 height. Each size for which a suitable font is available counts as | |
| 3910 another step. @var{n} should be an integer. | |
| 3911 | |
| 3912 @item @code{(- @var{n})} | |
| 3913 This means to use a font that is @var{n} steps smaller. | |
| 3914 | |
| 3915 @item a number, @var{factor} | |
| 3916 A number, @var{factor}, means to use a font that is @var{factor} times | |
| 3917 as tall as the default font. | |
| 3918 | |
| 3919 @item a symbol, @var{function} | |
| 3920 A symbol is a function to compute the height. It is called with the | |
| 3921 current height as argument, and should return the new height to use. | |
| 3922 | |
| 3923 @item anything else, @var{form} | |
| 3924 If the @var{height} value doesn't fit the previous possibilities, it is | |
| 3925 a form. Emacs evaluates it to get the new height, with the symbol | |
| 3926 @code{height} bound to the current specified font height. | |
| 3927 @end table | |
| 3928 | |
| 3929 @item (raise @var{factor}) | |
| 3930 This kind of display specification raises or lowers the text | |
| 3931 it applies to, relative to the baseline of the line. | |
| 3932 | |
| 3933 @var{factor} must be a number, which is interpreted as a multiple of the | |
| 3934 height of the affected text. If it is positive, that means to display | |
| 3935 the characters raised. If it is negative, that means to display them | |
| 3936 lower down. | |
| 3937 | |
| 3938 If the text also has a @code{height} display specification, that does | |
| 3939 not affect the amount of raising or lowering, which is based on the | |
| 3940 faces used for the text. | |
| 3941 @end table | |
| 3942 | |
| 3943 @c We put all the `@code{(when ...)}' on one line to encourage | |
| 3944 @c makeinfo's end-of-sentence heuristics to DTRT. Previously, the dot | |
| 3945 @c was at eol; the info file ended up w/ two spaces rendered after it. | |
| 3946 You can make any display specification conditional. To do that, | |
| 3947 package it in another list of the form | |
| 3948 @code{(when @var{condition} . @var{spec})}. | |
| 3949 Then the specification @var{spec} applies only when | |
| 3950 @var{condition} evaluates to a non-@code{nil} value. During the | |
| 3951 evaluation, @code{object} is bound to the string or buffer having the | |
| 3952 conditional @code{display} property. @code{position} and | |
| 3953 @code{buffer-position} are bound to the position within @code{object} | |
| 3954 and the buffer position where the @code{display} property was found, | |
| 3955 respectively. Both positions can be different when @code{object} is a | |
| 3956 string. | |
| 3957 | |
| 3958 @node Display Margins | |
| 3959 @subsection Displaying in the Margins | |
| 3960 @cindex display margins | |
| 3961 @cindex margins, display | |
| 3962 | |
| 85311 | 3963 A buffer can have blank areas called @dfn{display margins} on the |
| 3964 left and on the right. Ordinary text never appears in these areas, | |
| 3965 but you can put things into the display margins using the | |
| 3966 @code{display} property. There is currently no way to make text or | |
| 3967 images in the margin mouse-sensitive. | |
| 3968 | |
| 3969 The way to display something in the margins is to specify it in a | |
| 3970 margin display specification in the @code{display} property of some | |
| 3971 text. This is a replacing display specification, meaning that the | |
| 3972 text you put it on does not get displayed; the margin display appears, | |
| 3973 but that text does not. | |
| 3974 | |
| 3975 A margin display specification looks like @code{((margin | |
|
102409
1559b2b91761
John Foerch <jjfoerch at earthlink.net> (tiny change)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
101443
diff
changeset
|
3976 right-margin) @var{spec})} or @code{((margin left-margin) @var{spec})}. |
| 85311 | 3977 Here, @var{spec} is another display specification that says what to |
| 3978 display in the margin. Typically it is a string of text to display, | |
| 3979 or an image descriptor. | |
| 3980 | |
| 3981 To display something in the margin @emph{in association with} | |
| 3982 certain buffer text, without altering or preventing the display of | |
| 3983 that text, put a @code{before-string} property on the text and put the | |
| 3984 margin display specification on the contents of the before-string. | |
| 84060 | 3985 |
| 3986 Before the display margins can display anything, you must give | |
| 3987 them a nonzero width. The usual way to do that is to set these | |
| 3988 variables: | |
| 3989 | |
| 3990 @defvar left-margin-width | |
| 3991 This variable specifies the width of the left margin. | |
| 3992 It is buffer-local in all buffers. | |
| 3993 @end defvar | |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 @defvar right-margin-width | |
| 3996 This variable specifies the width of the right margin. | |
| 3997 It is buffer-local in all buffers. | |
| 3998 @end defvar | |
| 3999 | |
| 4000 Setting these variables does not immediately affect the window. These | |
| 4001 variables are checked when a new buffer is displayed in the window. | |
| 4002 Thus, you can make changes take effect by calling | |
| 4003 @code{set-window-buffer}. | |
| 4004 | |
| 4005 You can also set the margin widths immediately. | |
| 4006 | |
| 4007 @defun set-window-margins window left &optional right | |
| 4008 This function specifies the margin widths for window @var{window}. | |
| 4009 The argument @var{left} controls the left margin and | |
| 4010 @var{right} controls the right margin (default @code{0}). | |
| 4011 @end defun | |
| 4012 | |
| 4013 @defun window-margins &optional window | |
| 4014 This function returns the left and right margins of @var{window} | |
| 4015 as a cons cell of the form @code{(@var{left} . @var{right})}. | |
| 4016 If @var{window} is @code{nil}, the selected window is used. | |
| 4017 @end defun | |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 @node Images | |
| 4020 @section Images | |
| 4021 @cindex images in buffers | |
| 4022 | |
| 4023 To display an image in an Emacs buffer, you must first create an image | |
| 4024 descriptor, then use it as a display specifier in the @code{display} | |
| 4025 property of text that is displayed (@pxref{Display Property}). | |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 Emacs is usually able to display images when it is run on a | |
| 4028 graphical terminal. Images cannot be displayed in a text terminal, on | |
| 4029 certain graphical terminals that lack the support for this, or if | |
| 4030 Emacs is compiled without image support. You can use the function | |
| 4031 @code{display-images-p} to determine if images can in principle be | |
| 4032 displayed (@pxref{Display Feature Testing}). | |
| 4033 | |
| 4034 @menu | |
| 4035 * Image Formats:: Supported image formats. | |
| 4036 * Image Descriptors:: How to specify an image for use in @code{:display}. | |
| 4037 * XBM Images:: Special features for XBM format. | |
| 4038 * XPM Images:: Special features for XPM format. | |
| 4039 * GIF Images:: Special features for GIF format. | |
|
97725
7660589a4e25
(TIFF Images): New section describing :index property.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
97627
diff
changeset
|
4040 * TIFF Images:: Special features for TIFF format. |
| 101069 | 4041 * PostScript Images:: Special features for PostScript format. |
| 84060 | 4042 * Other Image Types:: Various other formats are supported. |
| 4043 * Defining Images:: Convenient ways to define an image for later use. | |
| 4044 * Showing Images:: Convenient ways to display an image once it is defined. | |
| 4045 * Image Cache:: Internal mechanisms of image display. | |
| 4046 @end menu | |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 @node Image Formats | |
| 4049 @subsection Image Formats | |
| 4050 @cindex image formats | |
| 4051 @cindex image types | |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 Emacs can display a number of different image formats; some of them | |
| 4054 are supported only if particular support libraries are installed on | |
| 4055 your machine. In some environments, Emacs can load image | |
| 4056 libraries on demand; if so, the variable @code{image-library-alist} | |
| 4057 can be used to modify the set of known names for these dynamic | |
| 4058 libraries (though it is not possible to add new image formats). | |
| 4059 | |
| 4060 The supported image formats include XBM, XPM (this requires the | |
| 4061 libraries @code{libXpm} version 3.4k and @code{libz}), GIF (requiring | |
| 4062 @code{libungif} 4.1.0), PostScript, PBM, JPEG (requiring the | |
| 4063 @code{libjpeg} library version v6a), TIFF (requiring @code{libtiff} | |
| 4064 v3.4), PNG (requiring @code{libpng} 1.0.2), and SVG (requiring | |
| 4065 @code{librsvg} 2.0.0). | |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 You specify one of these formats with an image type symbol. The image | |
| 4068 type symbols are @code{xbm}, @code{xpm}, @code{gif}, @code{postscript}, | |
| 4069 @code{pbm}, @code{jpeg}, @code{tiff}, @code{png}, and @code{svg}. | |
| 4070 | |
| 4071 @defvar image-types | |
| 4072 This variable contains a list of those image type symbols that are | |
| 4073 potentially supported in the current configuration. | |
| 4074 @emph{Potentially} here means that Emacs knows about the image types, | |
| 4075 not necessarily that they can be loaded (they could depend on | |
| 4076 unavailable dynamic libraries, for example). | |
| 4077 | |
| 4078 To know which image types are really available, use | |
| 4079 @code{image-type-available-p}. | |
| 4080 @end defvar | |
| 4081 | |
| 4082 @defvar image-library-alist | |
| 4083 This in an alist of image types vs external libraries needed to | |
| 4084 display them. | |
| 4085 | |
| 4086 Each element is a list @code{(@var{image-type} @var{library}...)}, | |
| 4087 where the car is a supported image format from @code{image-types}, and | |
| 4088 the rest are strings giving alternate filenames for the corresponding | |
| 4089 external libraries to load. | |
| 4090 | |
| 4091 Emacs tries to load the libraries in the order they appear on the | |
| 4092 list; if none is loaded, the running session of Emacs won't support | |
| 4093 the image type. @code{pbm} and @code{xbm} don't need to be listed; | |
| 4094 they're always supported. | |
| 4095 | |
| 4096 This variable is ignored if the image libraries are statically linked | |
| 4097 into Emacs. | |
| 4098 @end defvar | |
| 4099 | |
| 4100 @defun image-type-available-p type | |
| 4101 This function returns non-@code{nil} if image type @var{type} is | |
| 4102 available, i.e., if images of this type can be loaded and displayed in | |
| 4103 Emacs. @var{type} should be one of the types contained in | |
| 4104 @code{image-types}. | |
| 4105 | |
| 4106 For image types whose support libraries are statically linked, this | |
| 4107 function always returns @code{t}; for other image types, it returns | |
| 4108 @code{t} if the dynamic library could be loaded, @code{nil} otherwise. | |
| 4109 @end defun | |
| 4110 | |
| 4111 @node Image Descriptors | |
| 4112 @subsection Image Descriptors | |
| 4113 @cindex image descriptor | |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 An image description is a list of the form @code{(image . @var{props})}, | |
| 4116 where @var{props} is a property list containing alternating keyword | |
| 4117 symbols (symbols whose names start with a colon) and their values. | |
| 4118 You can use any Lisp object as a property, but the only properties | |
| 4119 that have any special meaning are certain symbols, all of them keywords. | |
| 4120 | |
| 4121 Every image descriptor must contain the property @code{:type | |
| 4122 @var{type}} to specify the format of the image. The value of @var{type} | |
| 4123 should be an image type symbol; for example, @code{xpm} for an image in | |
| 4124 XPM format. | |
| 4125 | |
| 4126 Here is a list of other properties that are meaningful for all image | |
| 4127 types: | |
| 4128 | |
| 4129 @table @code | |
| 4130 @item :file @var{file} | |
| 4131 The @code{:file} property says to load the image from file | |
| 4132 @var{file}. If @var{file} is not an absolute file name, it is expanded | |
| 4133 in @code{data-directory}. | |
| 4134 | |
| 4135 @item :data @var{data} | |
| 4136 The @code{:data} property says the actual contents of the image. | |
| 4137 Each image must use either @code{:data} or @code{:file}, but not both. | |
| 4138 For most image types, the value of the @code{:data} property should be a | |
| 4139 string containing the image data; we recommend using a unibyte string. | |
| 4140 | |
| 4141 Before using @code{:data}, look for further information in the section | |
| 4142 below describing the specific image format. For some image types, | |
| 4143 @code{:data} may not be supported; for some, it allows other data types; | |
| 4144 for some, @code{:data} alone is not enough, so you need to use other | |
| 4145 image properties along with @code{:data}. | |
| 4146 | |
| 4147 @item :margin @var{margin} | |
| 4148 The @code{:margin} property specifies how many pixels to add as an | |
| 4149 extra margin around the image. The value, @var{margin}, must be a | |
| 4150 non-negative number, or a pair @code{(@var{x} . @var{y})} of such | |
| 4151 numbers. If it is a pair, @var{x} specifies how many pixels to add | |
| 4152 horizontally, and @var{y} specifies how many pixels to add vertically. | |
| 4153 If @code{:margin} is not specified, the default is zero. | |
| 4154 | |
| 4155 @item :ascent @var{ascent} | |
| 4156 The @code{:ascent} property specifies the amount of the image's | |
| 4157 height to use for its ascent---that is, the part above the baseline. | |
| 4158 The value, @var{ascent}, must be a number in the range 0 to 100, or | |
| 4159 the symbol @code{center}. | |
| 4160 | |
| 4161 If @var{ascent} is a number, that percentage of the image's height is | |
| 4162 used for its ascent. | |
| 4163 | |
| 4164 If @var{ascent} is @code{center}, the image is vertically centered | |
| 4165 around a centerline which would be the vertical centerline of text drawn | |
| 4166 at the position of the image, in the manner specified by the text | |
| 4167 properties and overlays that apply to the image. | |
| 4168 | |
| 4169 If this property is omitted, it defaults to 50. | |
| 4170 | |
| 4171 @item :relief @var{relief} | |
| 4172 The @code{:relief} property, if non-@code{nil}, adds a shadow rectangle | |
| 4173 around the image. The value, @var{relief}, specifies the width of the | |
| 4174 shadow lines, in pixels. If @var{relief} is negative, shadows are drawn | |
| 4175 so that the image appears as a pressed button; otherwise, it appears as | |
| 4176 an unpressed button. | |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 @item :conversion @var{algorithm} | |
| 4179 The @code{:conversion} property, if non-@code{nil}, specifies a | |
| 4180 conversion algorithm that should be applied to the image before it is | |
| 4181 displayed; the value, @var{algorithm}, specifies which algorithm. | |
| 4182 | |
| 4183 @table @code | |
| 4184 @item laplace | |
| 4185 @itemx emboss | |
| 4186 Specifies the Laplace edge detection algorithm, which blurs out small | |
| 4187 differences in color while highlighting larger differences. People | |
| 4188 sometimes consider this useful for displaying the image for a | |
| 4189 ``disabled'' button. | |
| 4190 | |
| 4191 @item (edge-detection :matrix @var{matrix} :color-adjust @var{adjust}) | |
| 4192 Specifies a general edge-detection algorithm. @var{matrix} must be | |
| 4193 either a nine-element list or a nine-element vector of numbers. A pixel | |
| 4194 at position @math{x/y} in the transformed image is computed from | |
| 4195 original pixels around that position. @var{matrix} specifies, for each | |
| 4196 pixel in the neighborhood of @math{x/y}, a factor with which that pixel | |
| 4197 will influence the transformed pixel; element @math{0} specifies the | |
| 4198 factor for the pixel at @math{x-1/y-1}, element @math{1} the factor for | |
| 4199 the pixel at @math{x/y-1} etc., as shown below: | |
| 4200 @iftex | |
| 4201 @tex | |
| 4202 $$\pmatrix{x-1/y-1 & x/y-1 & x+1/y-1 \cr | |
| 4203 x-1/y & x/y & x+1/y \cr | |
| 4204 x-1/y+1& x/y+1 & x+1/y+1 \cr}$$ | |
| 4205 @end tex | |
| 4206 @end iftex | |
| 4207 @ifnottex | |
| 4208 @display | |
| 4209 (x-1/y-1 x/y-1 x+1/y-1 | |
| 4210 x-1/y x/y x+1/y | |
| 4211 x-1/y+1 x/y+1 x+1/y+1) | |
| 4212 @end display | |
| 4213 @end ifnottex | |
| 4214 | |
| 4215 The resulting pixel is computed from the color intensity of the color | |
| 4216 resulting from summing up the RGB values of surrounding pixels, | |
| 4217 multiplied by the specified factors, and dividing that sum by the sum | |
| 4218 of the factors' absolute values. | |
| 4219 | |
| 4220 Laplace edge-detection currently uses a matrix of | |
| 4221 @iftex | |
| 4222 @tex | |
| 4223 $$\pmatrix{1 & 0 & 0 \cr | |
| 4224 0& 0 & 0 \cr | |
| 4225 9 & 9 & -1 \cr}$$ | |
| 4226 @end tex | |
| 4227 @end iftex | |
| 4228 @ifnottex | |
| 4229 @display | |
| 4230 (1 0 0 | |
| 4231 0 0 0 | |
| 4232 9 9 -1) | |
| 4233 @end display | |
| 4234 @end ifnottex | |
| 4235 | |
| 4236 Emboss edge-detection uses a matrix of | |
| 4237 @iftex | |
| 4238 @tex | |
| 4239 $$\pmatrix{ 2 & -1 & 0 \cr | |
| 4240 -1 & 0 & 1 \cr | |
| 4241 0 & 1 & -2 \cr}$$ | |
| 4242 @end tex | |
| 4243 @end iftex | |
| 4244 @ifnottex | |
| 4245 @display | |
| 4246 ( 2 -1 0 | |
| 4247 -1 0 1 | |
| 4248 0 1 -2) | |
| 4249 @end display | |
| 4250 @end ifnottex | |
| 4251 | |
| 4252 @item disabled | |
| 4253 Specifies transforming the image so that it looks ``disabled.'' | |
| 4254 @end table | |
| 4255 | |
| 4256 @item :mask @var{mask} | |
| 4257 If @var{mask} is @code{heuristic} or @code{(heuristic @var{bg})}, build | |
| 4258 a clipping mask for the image, so that the background of a frame is | |
| 4259 visible behind the image. If @var{bg} is not specified, or if @var{bg} | |
| 4260 is @code{t}, determine the background color of the image by looking at | |
| 4261 the four corners of the image, assuming the most frequently occurring | |
| 4262 color from the corners is the background color of the image. Otherwise, | |
| 4263 @var{bg} must be a list @code{(@var{red} @var{green} @var{blue})} | |
| 4264 specifying the color to assume for the background of the image. | |
| 4265 | |
| 4266 If @var{mask} is @code{nil}, remove a mask from the image, if it has | |
| 4267 one. Images in some formats include a mask which can be removed by | |
| 4268 specifying @code{:mask nil}. | |
| 4269 | |
| 4270 @item :pointer @var{shape} | |
| 4271 This specifies the pointer shape when the mouse pointer is over this | |
| 4272 image. @xref{Pointer Shape}, for available pointer shapes. | |
| 4273 | |
| 4274 @item :map @var{map} | |
| 4275 This associates an image map of @dfn{hot spots} with this image. | |
| 4276 | |
| 4277 An image map is an alist where each element has the format | |
| 4278 @code{(@var{area} @var{id} @var{plist})}. An @var{area} is specified | |
| 4279 as either a rectangle, a circle, or a polygon. | |
| 4280 | |
| 4281 A rectangle is a cons | |
| 4282 @code{(rect . ((@var{x0} . @var{y0}) . (@var{x1} . @var{y1})))} | |
| 4283 which specifies the pixel coordinates of the upper left and bottom right | |
| 4284 corners of the rectangle area. | |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 A circle is a cons | |
| 4287 @code{(circle . ((@var{x0} . @var{y0}) . @var{r}))} | |
| 4288 which specifies the center and the radius of the circle; @var{r} may | |
| 4289 be a float or integer. | |
| 4290 | |
| 4291 A polygon is a cons | |
| 4292 @code{(poly . [@var{x0} @var{y0} @var{x1} @var{y1} ...])} | |
| 4293 where each pair in the vector describes one corner in the polygon. | |
| 4294 | |
| 4295 When the mouse pointer lies on a hot-spot area of an image, the | |
| 4296 @var{plist} of that hot-spot is consulted; if it contains a @code{help-echo} | |
| 4297 property, that defines a tool-tip for the hot-spot, and if it contains | |
| 4298 a @code{pointer} property, that defines the shape of the mouse cursor when | |
| 4299 it is on the hot-spot. | |
| 4300 @xref{Pointer Shape}, for available pointer shapes. | |
| 4301 | |
| 4302 When you click the mouse when the mouse pointer is over a hot-spot, an | |
| 4303 event is composed by combining the @var{id} of the hot-spot with the | |
| 4304 mouse event; for instance, @code{[area4 mouse-1]} if the hot-spot's | |
| 4305 @var{id} is @code{area4}. | |
| 4306 @end table | |
| 4307 | |
| 4308 @defun image-mask-p spec &optional frame | |
| 4309 This function returns @code{t} if image @var{spec} has a mask bitmap. | |
| 4310 @var{frame} is the frame on which the image will be displayed. | |
| 4311 @var{frame} @code{nil} or omitted means to use the selected frame | |
| 4312 (@pxref{Input Focus}). | |
| 4313 @end defun | |
| 4314 | |
| 4315 @node XBM Images | |
| 4316 @subsection XBM Images | |
| 4317 @cindex XBM | |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 To use XBM format, specify @code{xbm} as the image type. This image | |
| 4320 format doesn't require an external library, so images of this type are | |
| 4321 always supported. | |
| 4322 | |
| 4323 Additional image properties supported for the @code{xbm} image type are: | |
| 4324 | |
| 4325 @table @code | |
| 4326 @item :foreground @var{foreground} | |
| 4327 The value, @var{foreground}, should be a string specifying the image | |
| 4328 foreground color, or @code{nil} for the default color. This color is | |
| 4329 used for each pixel in the XBM that is 1. The default is the frame's | |
| 4330 foreground color. | |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 @item :background @var{background} | |
| 4333 The value, @var{background}, should be a string specifying the image | |
| 4334 background color, or @code{nil} for the default color. This color is | |
| 4335 used for each pixel in the XBM that is 0. The default is the frame's | |
| 4336 background color. | |
| 4337 @end table | |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 If you specify an XBM image using data within Emacs instead of an | |
| 4340 external file, use the following three properties: | |
| 4341 | |
| 4342 @table @code | |
| 4343 @item :data @var{data} | |
| 4344 The value, @var{data}, specifies the contents of the image. | |
| 4345 There are three formats you can use for @var{data}: | |
| 4346 | |
| 4347 @itemize @bullet | |
| 4348 @item | |
| 4349 A vector of strings or bool-vectors, each specifying one line of the | |
| 4350 image. Do specify @code{:height} and @code{:width}. | |
| 4351 | |
| 4352 @item | |
| 4353 A string containing the same byte sequence as an XBM file would contain. | |
| 4354 You must not specify @code{:height} and @code{:width} in this case, | |
| 4355 because omitting them is what indicates the data has the format of an | |
| 4356 XBM file. The file contents specify the height and width of the image. | |
| 4357 | |
| 4358 @item | |
| 4359 A string or a bool-vector containing the bits of the image (plus perhaps | |
| 4360 some extra bits at the end that will not be used). It should contain at | |
| 4361 least @var{width} * @code{height} bits. In this case, you must specify | |
| 4362 @code{:height} and @code{:width}, both to indicate that the string | |
| 4363 contains just the bits rather than a whole XBM file, and to specify the | |
| 4364 size of the image. | |
| 4365 @end itemize | |
| 4366 | |
| 4367 @item :width @var{width} | |
| 4368 The value, @var{width}, specifies the width of the image, in pixels. | |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 @item :height @var{height} | |
| 4371 The value, @var{height}, specifies the height of the image, in pixels. | |
| 4372 @end table | |
| 4373 | |
| 4374 @node XPM Images | |
| 4375 @subsection XPM Images | |
| 4376 @cindex XPM | |
| 4377 | |
| 4378 To use XPM format, specify @code{xpm} as the image type. The | |
| 4379 additional image property @code{:color-symbols} is also meaningful with | |
| 4380 the @code{xpm} image type: | |
| 4381 | |
| 4382 @table @code | |
| 4383 @item :color-symbols @var{symbols} | |
| 4384 The value, @var{symbols}, should be an alist whose elements have the | |
| 4385 form @code{(@var{name} . @var{color})}. In each element, @var{name} is | |
| 4386 the name of a color as it appears in the image file, and @var{color} | |
| 4387 specifies the actual color to use for displaying that name. | |
| 4388 @end table | |
| 4389 | |
| 4390 @node GIF Images | |
| 4391 @subsection GIF Images | |
| 4392 @cindex GIF | |
| 4393 | |
| 4394 For GIF images, specify image type @code{gif}. | |
| 4395 | |
| 4396 @table @code | |
| 4397 @item :index @var{index} | |
| 4398 You can use @code{:index} to specify one image from a GIF file that | |
| 4399 contains more than one image. This property specifies use of image | |
| 4400 number @var{index} from the file. If the GIF file doesn't contain an | |
| 4401 image with index @var{index}, the image displays as a hollow box. | |
| 4402 @end table | |
| 4403 | |
| 4404 @ignore | |
| 4405 This could be used to implement limited support for animated GIFs. | |
| 4406 For example, the following function displays a multi-image GIF file | |
| 4407 at point-min in the current buffer, switching between sub-images | |
| 4408 every 0.1 seconds. | |
| 4409 | |
| 4410 (defun show-anim (file max) | |
| 4411 "Display multi-image GIF file FILE which contains MAX subimages." | |
| 4412 (display-anim (current-buffer) file 0 max t)) | |
| 4413 | |
| 4414 (defun display-anim (buffer file idx max first-time) | |
| 4415 (when (= idx max) | |
| 4416 (setq idx 0)) | |
| 4417 (let ((img (create-image file nil :image idx))) | |
|
106731
79fa2d910b72
Avoid dubious uses of save-excursions.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
105192
diff
changeset
|
4418 (with-current-buffer buffer |
| 84060 | 4419 (goto-char (point-min)) |
| 4420 (unless first-time (delete-char 1)) | |
| 4421 (insert-image img)) | |
| 4422 (run-with-timer 0.1 nil 'display-anim buffer file (1+ idx) max nil))) | |
| 4423 @end ignore | |
| 4424 | |
|
97725
7660589a4e25
(TIFF Images): New section describing :index property.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
97627
diff
changeset
|
4425 @node TIFF Images |
|
7660589a4e25
(TIFF Images): New section describing :index property.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
97627
diff
changeset
|
4426 @subsection TIFF Images |
|
7660589a4e25
(TIFF Images): New section describing :index property.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
97627
diff
changeset
|
4427 @cindex TIFF |
|
7660589a4e25
(TIFF Images): New section describing :index property.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
97627
diff
changeset
|
4428 |
|
7660589a4e25
(TIFF Images): New section describing :index property.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
97627
diff
changeset
|
4429 For TIFF images, specify image type @code{tiff}. |
|
7660589a4e25
(TIFF Images): New section describing :index property.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
97627
diff
changeset
|
4430 |
|
7660589a4e25
(TIFF Images): New section describing :index property.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
97627
diff
changeset
|
4431 @table @code |
|
7660589a4e25
(TIFF Images): New section describing :index property.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
97627
diff
changeset
|
4432 @item :index @var{index} |
|
7660589a4e25
(TIFF Images): New section describing :index property.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
97627
diff
changeset
|
4433 You can use @code{:index} to specify one image from a TIFF file that |
|
7660589a4e25
(TIFF Images): New section describing :index property.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
97627
diff
changeset
|
4434 contains more than one image. This property specifies use of image |
|
7660589a4e25
(TIFF Images): New section describing :index property.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
97627
diff
changeset
|
4435 number @var{index} from the file. If the TIFF file doesn't contain an |
|
7660589a4e25
(TIFF Images): New section describing :index property.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
97627
diff
changeset
|
4436 image with index @var{index}, the image displays as a hollow box. |
|
7660589a4e25
(TIFF Images): New section describing :index property.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
97627
diff
changeset
|
4437 @end table |
|
7660589a4e25
(TIFF Images): New section describing :index property.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
97627
diff
changeset
|
4438 |
| 101069 | 4439 @node PostScript Images |
| 4440 @subsection PostScript Images | |
| 4441 @cindex postscript images | |
| 4442 | |
| 4443 To use PostScript for an image, specify image type @code{postscript}. | |
| 4444 This works only if you have Ghostscript installed. You must always use | |
| 4445 these three properties: | |
| 4446 | |
| 4447 @table @code | |
| 4448 @item :pt-width @var{width} | |
| 4449 The value, @var{width}, specifies the width of the image measured in | |
| 4450 points (1/72 inch). @var{width} must be an integer. | |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 @item :pt-height @var{height} | |
| 4453 The value, @var{height}, specifies the height of the image in points | |
| 4454 (1/72 inch). @var{height} must be an integer. | |
| 4455 | |
| 4456 @item :bounding-box @var{box} | |
| 4457 The value, @var{box}, must be a list or vector of four integers, which | |
| 4458 specifying the bounding box of the PostScript image, analogous to the | |
| 4459 @samp{BoundingBox} comment found in PostScript files. | |
| 4460 | |
| 4461 @example | |
| 4462 %%BoundingBox: 22 171 567 738 | |
| 4463 @end example | |
| 4464 @end table | |
| 4465 | |
| 84060 | 4466 @node Other Image Types |
| 4467 @subsection Other Image Types | |
| 4468 @cindex PBM | |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 For PBM images, specify image type @code{pbm}. Color, gray-scale and | |
| 4471 monochromatic images are supported. For mono PBM images, two additional | |
| 4472 image properties are supported. | |
| 4473 | |
| 4474 @table @code | |
| 4475 @item :foreground @var{foreground} | |
| 4476 The value, @var{foreground}, should be a string specifying the image | |
| 4477 foreground color, or @code{nil} for the default color. This color is | |
|
96396
e29e1bbed939
(Other Image Types): Fix copy/paste error; say "PBM", not "XBM".
Johan Bockg?rd <bojohan@gnu.org>
parents:
95563
diff
changeset
|
4478 used for each pixel in the PBM that is 1. The default is the frame's |
| 84060 | 4479 foreground color. |
| 4480 | |
| 4481 @item :background @var{background} | |
| 4482 The value, @var{background}, should be a string specifying the image | |
| 4483 background color, or @code{nil} for the default color. This color is | |
|
96396
e29e1bbed939
(Other Image Types): Fix copy/paste error; say "PBM", not "XBM".
Johan Bockg?rd <bojohan@gnu.org>
parents:
95563
diff
changeset
|
4484 used for each pixel in the PBM that is 0. The default is the frame's |
| 84060 | 4485 background color. |
| 4486 @end table | |
| 4487 | |
| 4488 For JPEG images, specify image type @code{jpeg}. | |
| 4489 | |
| 4490 For TIFF images, specify image type @code{tiff}. | |
| 4491 | |
| 4492 For PNG images, specify image type @code{png}. | |
| 4493 | |
| 4494 For SVG images, specify image type @code{svg}. | |
| 4495 | |
| 4496 @node Defining Images | |
| 4497 @subsection Defining Images | |
| 4498 | |
| 4499 The functions @code{create-image}, @code{defimage} and | |
| 4500 @code{find-image} provide convenient ways to create image descriptors. | |
| 4501 | |
| 4502 @defun create-image file-or-data &optional type data-p &rest props | |
| 4503 This function creates and returns an image descriptor which uses the | |
| 4504 data in @var{file-or-data}. @var{file-or-data} can be a file name or | |
| 4505 a string containing the image data; @var{data-p} should be @code{nil} | |
| 4506 for the former case, non-@code{nil} for the latter case. | |
| 4507 | |
| 4508 The optional argument @var{type} is a symbol specifying the image type. | |
| 4509 If @var{type} is omitted or @code{nil}, @code{create-image} tries to | |
| 4510 determine the image type from the file's first few bytes, or else | |
| 4511 from the file's name. | |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 The remaining arguments, @var{props}, specify additional image | |
| 4514 properties---for example, | |
| 4515 | |
| 4516 @example | |
| 4517 (create-image "foo.xpm" 'xpm nil :heuristic-mask t) | |
| 4518 @end example | |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 The function returns @code{nil} if images of this type are not | |
| 4521 supported. Otherwise it returns an image descriptor. | |
| 4522 @end defun | |
| 4523 | |
| 4524 @defmac defimage symbol specs &optional doc | |
| 4525 This macro defines @var{symbol} as an image name. The arguments | |
| 4526 @var{specs} is a list which specifies how to display the image. | |
| 4527 The third argument, @var{doc}, is an optional documentation string. | |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 Each argument in @var{specs} has the form of a property list, and each | |
| 4530 one should specify at least the @code{:type} property and either the | |
| 4531 @code{:file} or the @code{:data} property. The value of @code{:type} | |
| 4532 should be a symbol specifying the image type, the value of | |
| 4533 @code{:file} is the file to load the image from, and the value of | |
| 4534 @code{:data} is a string containing the actual image data. Here is an | |
| 4535 example: | |
| 4536 | |
| 4537 @example | |
| 4538 (defimage test-image | |
| 4539 ((:type xpm :file "~/test1.xpm") | |
| 4540 (:type xbm :file "~/test1.xbm"))) | |
| 4541 @end example | |
| 4542 | |
| 4543 @code{defimage} tests each argument, one by one, to see if it is | |
| 4544 usable---that is, if the type is supported and the file exists. The | |
| 4545 first usable argument is used to make an image descriptor which is | |
| 4546 stored in @var{symbol}. | |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 If none of the alternatives will work, then @var{symbol} is defined | |
| 4549 as @code{nil}. | |
| 4550 @end defmac | |
| 4551 | |
| 4552 @defun find-image specs | |
| 4553 This function provides a convenient way to find an image satisfying one | |
| 4554 of a list of image specifications @var{specs}. | |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 Each specification in @var{specs} is a property list with contents | |
| 4557 depending on image type. All specifications must at least contain the | |
| 4558 properties @code{:type @var{type}} and either @w{@code{:file @var{file}}} | |
| 4559 or @w{@code{:data @var{DATA}}}, where @var{type} is a symbol specifying | |
| 4560 the image type, e.g.@: @code{xbm}, @var{file} is the file to load the | |
| 4561 image from, and @var{data} is a string containing the actual image data. | |
| 4562 The first specification in the list whose @var{type} is supported, and | |
| 4563 @var{file} exists, is used to construct the image specification to be | |
| 4564 returned. If no specification is satisfied, @code{nil} is returned. | |
| 4565 | |
| 4566 The image is looked for in @code{image-load-path}. | |
| 4567 @end defun | |
| 4568 | |
| 4569 @defvar image-load-path | |
| 4570 This variable's value is a list of locations in which to search for | |
| 4571 image files. If an element is a string or a variable symbol whose | |
| 4572 value is a string, the string is taken to be the name of a directory | |
| 4573 to search. If an element is a variable symbol whose value is a list, | |
| 4574 that is taken to be a list of directory names to search. | |
| 4575 | |
| 4576 The default is to search in the @file{images} subdirectory of the | |
| 4577 directory specified by @code{data-directory}, then the directory | |
| 4578 specified by @code{data-directory}, and finally in the directories in | |
| 4579 @code{load-path}. Subdirectories are not automatically included in | |
| 4580 the search, so if you put an image file in a subdirectory, you have to | |
| 4581 supply the subdirectory name explicitly. For example, to find the | |
| 4582 image @file{images/foo/bar.xpm} within @code{data-directory}, you | |
| 4583 should specify the image as follows: | |
| 4584 | |
| 4585 @example | |
| 4586 (defimage foo-image '((:type xpm :file "foo/bar.xpm"))) | |
| 4587 @end example | |
| 4588 @end defvar | |
| 4589 | |
| 4590 @defun image-load-path-for-library library image &optional path no-error | |
| 4591 This function returns a suitable search path for images used by the | |
| 4592 Lisp package @var{library}. | |
| 4593 | |
| 4594 The function searches for @var{image} first using @code{image-load-path}, | |
| 4595 excluding @file{@code{data-directory}/images}, and then in | |
| 4596 @code{load-path}, followed by a path suitable for @var{library}, which | |
| 4597 includes @file{../../etc/images} and @file{../etc/images} relative to | |
| 4598 the library file itself, and finally in | |
| 4599 @file{@code{data-directory}/images}. | |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 Then this function returns a list of directories which contains first | |
| 4602 the directory in which @var{image} was found, followed by the value of | |
| 4603 @code{load-path}. If @var{path} is given, it is used instead of | |
| 4604 @code{load-path}. | |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 If @var{no-error} is non-@code{nil} and a suitable path can't be | |
| 4607 found, don't signal an error. Instead, return a list of directories as | |
| 4608 before, except that @code{nil} appears in place of the image directory. | |
| 4609 | |
| 4610 Here is an example that uses a common idiom to provide compatibility | |
| 4611 with versions of Emacs that lack the variable @code{image-load-path}: | |
| 4612 | |
| 4613 @example | |
| 4614 (defvar image-load-path) ; shush compiler | |
| 4615 (let* ((load-path (image-load-path-for-library | |
| 4616 "mh-e" "mh-logo.xpm")) | |
| 4617 (image-load-path (cons (car load-path) | |
| 4618 (when (boundp 'image-load-path) | |
| 4619 image-load-path)))) | |
| 4620 (mh-tool-bar-folder-buttons-init)) | |
| 4621 @end example | |
| 4622 @end defun | |
| 4623 | |
| 4624 @node Showing Images | |
| 4625 @subsection Showing Images | |
| 4626 | |
| 4627 You can use an image descriptor by setting up the @code{display} | |
| 4628 property yourself, but it is easier to use the functions in this | |
| 4629 section. | |
| 4630 | |
| 4631 @defun insert-image image &optional string area slice | |
| 4632 This function inserts @var{image} in the current buffer at point. The | |
| 4633 value @var{image} should be an image descriptor; it could be a value | |
| 4634 returned by @code{create-image}, or the value of a symbol defined with | |
| 4635 @code{defimage}. The argument @var{string} specifies the text to put | |
| 4636 in the buffer to hold the image. If it is omitted or @code{nil}, | |
| 4637 @code{insert-image} uses @code{" "} by default. | |
| 4638 | |
| 4639 The argument @var{area} specifies whether to put the image in a margin. | |
| 4640 If it is @code{left-margin}, the image appears in the left margin; | |
| 4641 @code{right-margin} specifies the right margin. If @var{area} is | |
| 4642 @code{nil} or omitted, the image is displayed at point within the | |
| 4643 buffer's text. | |
| 4644 | |
| 4645 The argument @var{slice} specifies a slice of the image to insert. If | |
| 4646 @var{slice} is @code{nil} or omitted the whole image is inserted. | |
| 4647 Otherwise, @var{slice} is a list @code{(@var{x} @var{y} @var{width} | |
| 4648 @var{height})} which specifies the @var{x} and @var{y} positions and | |
| 4649 @var{width} and @var{height} of the image area to insert. Integer | |
| 4650 values are in units of pixels. A floating point number in the range | |
| 4651 0.0--1.0 stands for that fraction of the width or height of the entire | |
| 4652 image. | |
| 4653 | |
| 4654 Internally, this function inserts @var{string} in the buffer, and gives | |
| 4655 it a @code{display} property which specifies @var{image}. @xref{Display | |
| 4656 Property}. | |
| 4657 @end defun | |
| 4658 | |
| 4659 @defun insert-sliced-image image &optional string area rows cols | |
| 4660 This function inserts @var{image} in the current buffer at point, like | |
| 4661 @code{insert-image}, but splits the image into @var{rows}x@var{cols} | |
| 4662 equally sized slices. | |
| 4663 @end defun | |
| 4664 | |
| 4665 @defun put-image image pos &optional string area | |
| 4666 This function puts image @var{image} in front of @var{pos} in the | |
| 4667 current buffer. The argument @var{pos} should be an integer or a | |
| 4668 marker. It specifies the buffer position where the image should appear. | |
| 4669 The argument @var{string} specifies the text that should hold the image | |
| 4670 as an alternative to the default. | |
| 4671 | |
| 4672 The argument @var{image} must be an image descriptor, perhaps returned | |
| 4673 by @code{create-image} or stored by @code{defimage}. | |
| 4674 | |
| 4675 The argument @var{area} specifies whether to put the image in a margin. | |
| 4676 If it is @code{left-margin}, the image appears in the left margin; | |
| 4677 @code{right-margin} specifies the right margin. If @var{area} is | |
| 4678 @code{nil} or omitted, the image is displayed at point within the | |
| 4679 buffer's text. | |
| 4680 | |
| 4681 Internally, this function creates an overlay, and gives it a | |
| 4682 @code{before-string} property containing text that has a @code{display} | |
| 4683 property whose value is the image. (Whew!) | |
| 4684 @end defun | |
| 4685 | |
| 4686 @defun remove-images start end &optional buffer | |
| 4687 This function removes images in @var{buffer} between positions | |
| 4688 @var{start} and @var{end}. If @var{buffer} is omitted or @code{nil}, | |
| 4689 images are removed from the current buffer. | |
| 4690 | |
| 4691 This removes only images that were put into @var{buffer} the way | |
| 4692 @code{put-image} does it, not images that were inserted with | |
| 4693 @code{insert-image} or in other ways. | |
| 4694 @end defun | |
| 4695 | |
| 4696 @defun image-size spec &optional pixels frame | |
| 4697 This function returns the size of an image as a pair | |
| 4698 @w{@code{(@var{width} . @var{height})}}. @var{spec} is an image | |
| 4699 specification. @var{pixels} non-@code{nil} means return sizes | |
| 4700 measured in pixels, otherwise return sizes measured in canonical | |
| 4701 character units (fractions of the width/height of the frame's default | |
| 4702 font). @var{frame} is the frame on which the image will be displayed. | |
| 4703 @var{frame} null or omitted means use the selected frame (@pxref{Input | |
| 4704 Focus}). | |
| 4705 @end defun | |
| 4706 | |
| 4707 @defvar max-image-size | |
| 4708 This variable is used to define the maximum size of image that Emacs | |
| 4709 will load. Emacs will refuse to load (and display) any image that is | |
| 4710 larger than this limit. | |
| 4711 | |
| 4712 If the value is an integer, it directly specifies the maximum | |
| 4713 image height and width, measured in pixels. If it is a floating | |
| 4714 point number, it specifies the maximum image height and width | |
| 4715 as a ratio to the frame height and width. If the value is | |
| 4716 non-numeric, there is no explicit limit on the size of images. | |
| 4717 | |
| 4718 The purpose of this variable is to prevent unreasonably large images | |
| 4719 from accidentally being loaded into Emacs. It only takes effect the | |
| 4720 first time an image is loaded. Once an image is placed in the image | |
| 4721 cache, it can always be displayed, even if the value of | |
| 4722 @var{max-image-size} is subsequently changed (@pxref{Image Cache}). | |
| 4723 @end defvar | |
| 4724 | |
| 4725 @node Image Cache | |
| 4726 @subsection Image Cache | |
| 4727 @cindex image cache | |
| 4728 | |
|
102975
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4729 Emacs caches images so that it can display them again more |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4730 efficiently. When Emacs displays an image, it searches the image |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4731 cache for an existing image specification @code{equal} to the desired |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4732 specification. If a match is found, the image is displayed from the |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4733 cache; otherwise, Emacs loads the image normally. |
| 84060 | 4734 |
| 4735 Occasionally, you may need to tell Emacs to refresh the images | |
| 4736 associated with a given image specification. For example, suppose you | |
| 4737 display an image using a specification that contains a @code{:file} | |
|
102975
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4738 property. The image is automatically cached, and subsequent displays |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4739 of that image, with the same image specification, will use the image |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4740 cache. If the image file changes in the meantime, Emacs would be |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4741 displaying the old version of the image. In such a situation, you can |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4742 ``refresh'' the image by calling @code{image-refresh}. |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4743 |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4744 In Emacs' current implementation, each graphical terminal possesses |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4745 an image cache, which is shared by all the frames on that terminal |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4746 (@pxref{Multiple Terminals}). Thus, refreshing an image in one frame |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4747 also refreshes it in all other frames on the same terminal. |
| 84060 | 4748 |
| 4749 @defun image-refresh spec &optional frame | |
|
102975
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4750 This function refreshes any images with image specifications |
| 84060 | 4751 @code{equal} to @var{spec} on frame @var{frame}. If @var{frame} is |
|
102975
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4752 @code{nil}, it defaults to the selected frame. If @var{frame} is |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4753 @code{t}, the refresh is applied to all existing frames. |
| 84060 | 4754 @end defun |
| 4755 | |
|
92150
1c088baa9d2d
Allow fine-grained image-cache flushing.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
88019
diff
changeset
|
4756 @defun clear-image-cache &optional filter |
|
102975
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4757 This function clears an image cache, removing all the images stored in |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4758 it. If @var{filter} is omitted or @code{nil}, it clears the cache for |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4759 the selected frame. If @var{filter} is a frame, it clears the cache |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4760 for that frame. If @var{filter} is @code{t}, all image caches are |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4761 cleared. Otherwise, @var{filter} is taken to be a file name, and all |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4762 images associated with that file name are removed from all image |
|
efeb215b8665
* display.texi (Truncation): Overlays can use line-prefix and
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102950
diff
changeset
|
4763 caches. |
| 84060 | 4764 @end defun |
| 4765 | |
| 4766 If an image in the image cache has not been displayed for a specified | |
| 4767 period of time, Emacs removes it from the cache and frees the | |
| 4768 associated memory. | |
| 4769 | |
| 4770 @defvar image-cache-eviction-delay | |
| 4771 This variable specifies the number of seconds an image can remain in the | |
| 4772 cache without being displayed. When an image is not displayed for this | |
| 4773 length of time, Emacs removes it from the image cache. | |
| 4774 | |
| 4775 If the value is @code{nil}, Emacs does not remove images from the cache | |
| 4776 except when you explicitly clear it. This mode can be useful for | |
| 4777 debugging. | |
| 4778 @end defvar | |
| 4779 | |
| 4780 @node Buttons | |
| 4781 @section Buttons | |
| 4782 @cindex buttons in buffers | |
| 4783 @cindex clickable buttons in buffers | |
| 4784 | |
| 4785 The @emph{button} package defines functions for inserting and | |
| 4786 manipulating clickable (with the mouse, or via keyboard commands) | |
| 4787 buttons in Emacs buffers, such as might be used for help hyper-links, | |
| 4788 etc. Emacs uses buttons for the hyper-links in help text and the like. | |
| 4789 | |
| 4790 A button is essentially a set of properties attached (via text | |
| 4791 properties or overlays) to a region of text in an Emacs buffer. These | |
| 4792 properties are called @dfn{button properties}. | |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 One of these properties (@code{action}) is a function, which will | |
| 4795 be called when the user invokes it using the keyboard or the mouse. | |
| 4796 The invoked function may then examine the button and use its other | |
| 4797 properties as desired. | |
| 4798 | |
| 4799 In some ways the Emacs button package duplicates functionality offered | |
| 4800 by the widget package (@pxref{Top, , Introduction, widget, The Emacs | |
| 4801 Widget Library}), but the button package has the advantage that it is | |
| 4802 much faster, much smaller, and much simpler to use (for elisp | |
| 4803 programmers---for users, the result is about the same). The extra | |
| 4804 speed and space savings are useful mainly if you need to create many | |
| 4805 buttons in a buffer (for instance an @code{*Apropos*} buffer uses | |
| 4806 buttons to make entries clickable, and may contain many thousands of | |
| 4807 entries). | |
| 4808 | |
| 4809 @menu | |
| 4810 * Button Properties:: Button properties with special meanings. | |
| 4811 * Button Types:: Defining common properties for classes of buttons. | |
| 4812 * Making Buttons:: Adding buttons to Emacs buffers. | |
| 4813 * Manipulating Buttons:: Getting and setting properties of buttons. | |
| 4814 * Button Buffer Commands:: Buffer-wide commands and bindings for buttons. | |
| 4815 @end menu | |
| 4816 | |
| 4817 @node Button Properties | |
| 4818 @subsection Button Properties | |
| 4819 @cindex button properties | |
| 4820 | |
| 4821 Buttons have an associated list of properties defining their | |
| 4822 appearance and behavior, and other arbitrary properties may be used | |
| 4823 for application specific purposes. Some properties that have special | |
| 4824 meaning to the button package include: | |
| 4825 | |
| 4826 @table @code | |
| 4827 @item action | |
| 4828 @kindex action @r{(button property)} | |
| 4829 The function to call when the user invokes the button, which is passed | |
| 4830 the single argument @var{button}. By default this is @code{ignore}, | |
| 4831 which does nothing. | |
| 4832 | |
| 4833 @item mouse-action | |
| 4834 @kindex mouse-action @r{(button property)} | |
| 4835 This is similar to @code{action}, and when present, will be used | |
| 4836 instead of @code{action} for button invocations resulting from | |
| 4837 mouse-clicks (instead of the user hitting @key{RET}). If not | |
| 4838 present, mouse-clicks use @code{action} instead. | |
| 4839 | |
| 4840 @item face | |
| 4841 @kindex face @r{(button property)} | |
| 4842 This is an Emacs face controlling how buttons of this type are | |
| 4843 displayed; by default this is the @code{button} face. | |
| 4844 | |
| 4845 @item mouse-face | |
| 4846 @kindex mouse-face @r{(button property)} | |
| 4847 This is an additional face which controls appearance during | |
| 4848 mouse-overs (merged with the usual button face); by default this is | |
| 4849 the usual Emacs @code{highlight} face. | |
| 4850 | |
| 4851 @item keymap | |
| 4852 @kindex keymap @r{(button property)} | |
| 4853 The button's keymap, defining bindings active within the button | |
| 4854 region. By default this is the usual button region keymap, stored | |
| 4855 in the variable @code{button-map}, which defines @key{RET} and | |
| 4856 @key{mouse-2} to invoke the button. | |
| 4857 | |
| 4858 @item type | |
| 4859 @kindex type @r{(button property)} | |
| 4860 The button-type of the button. When creating a button, this is | |
| 4861 usually specified using the @code{:type} keyword argument. | |
| 4862 @xref{Button Types}. | |
| 4863 | |
| 4864 @item help-echo | |
| 4865 @kindex help-index @r{(button property)} | |
| 4866 A string displayed by the Emacs tool-tip help system; by default, | |
| 4867 @code{"mouse-2, RET: Push this button"}. | |
| 4868 | |
| 4869 @item follow-link | |
| 4870 @kindex follow-link @r{(button property)} | |
| 4871 The follow-link property, defining how a @key{Mouse-1} click behaves | |
|
102893
97aebffaf765
* text.texi (Yank Commands): Note that yank uses push-mark.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102515
diff
changeset
|
4872 on this button, @xref{Clickable Text}. |
| 84060 | 4873 |
| 4874 @item button | |
| 4875 @kindex button @r{(button property)} | |
| 4876 All buttons have a non-@code{nil} @code{button} property, which may be useful | |
| 4877 in finding regions of text that comprise buttons (which is what the | |
| 4878 standard button functions do). | |
| 4879 @end table | |
| 4880 | |
| 4881 There are other properties defined for the regions of text in a | |
| 4882 button, but these are not generally interesting for typical uses. | |
| 4883 | |
| 4884 @node Button Types | |
| 4885 @subsection Button Types | |
| 4886 @cindex button types | |
| 4887 | |
| 4888 Every button has a button @emph{type}, which defines default values | |
| 4889 for the button's properties. Button types are arranged in a | |
| 4890 hierarchy, with specialized types inheriting from more general types, | |
| 4891 so that it's easy to define special-purpose types of buttons for | |
| 4892 specific tasks. | |
| 4893 | |
| 4894 @defun define-button-type name &rest properties | |
|
88019
36cc1038d878
(Button Types): For define-button-type, clarify type of NAME.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
4895 Define a `button type' called @var{name} (a symbol). |
|
36cc1038d878
(Button Types): For define-button-type, clarify type of NAME.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
4896 The remaining arguments |
| 84060 | 4897 form a sequence of @var{property value} pairs, specifying default |
| 4898 property values for buttons with this type (a button's type may be set | |
| 4899 by giving it a @code{type} property when creating the button, using | |
| 4900 the @code{:type} keyword argument). | |
| 4901 | |
| 4902 In addition, the keyword argument @code{:supertype} may be used to | |
| 4903 specify a button-type from which @var{name} inherits its default | |
| 4904 property values. Note that this inheritance happens only when | |
| 4905 @var{name} is defined; subsequent changes to a supertype are not | |
| 4906 reflected in its subtypes. | |
| 4907 @end defun | |
| 4908 | |
| 4909 Using @code{define-button-type} to define default properties for | |
| 4910 buttons is not necessary---buttons without any specified type use the | |
| 4911 built-in button-type @code{button}---but it is encouraged, since | |
| 4912 doing so usually makes the resulting code clearer and more efficient. | |
| 4913 | |
| 4914 @node Making Buttons | |
| 4915 @subsection Making Buttons | |
| 4916 @cindex making buttons | |
| 4917 | |
| 4918 Buttons are associated with a region of text, using an overlay or | |
| 4919 text properties to hold button-specific information, all of which are | |
| 4920 initialized from the button's type (which defaults to the built-in | |
| 4921 button type @code{button}). Like all Emacs text, the appearance of | |
| 4922 the button is governed by the @code{face} property; by default (via | |
| 4923 the @code{face} property inherited from the @code{button} button-type) | |
| 4924 this is a simple underline, like a typical web-page link. | |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 For convenience, there are two sorts of button-creation functions, | |
| 4927 those that add button properties to an existing region of a buffer, | |
| 4928 called @code{make-...button}, and those that also insert the button | |
| 4929 text, called @code{insert-...button}. | |
| 4930 | |
| 4931 The button-creation functions all take the @code{&rest} argument | |
| 4932 @var{properties}, which should be a sequence of @var{property value} | |
| 4933 pairs, specifying properties to add to the button; see @ref{Button | |
| 4934 Properties}. In addition, the keyword argument @code{:type} may be | |
| 4935 used to specify a button-type from which to inherit other properties; | |
| 4936 see @ref{Button Types}. Any properties not explicitly specified | |
| 4937 during creation will be inherited from the button's type (if the type | |
| 4938 defines such a property). | |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 The following functions add a button using an overlay | |
| 4941 (@pxref{Overlays}) to hold the button properties: | |
| 4942 | |
| 4943 @defun make-button beg end &rest properties | |
| 4944 This makes a button from @var{beg} to @var{end} in the | |
| 4945 current buffer, and returns it. | |
| 4946 @end defun | |
| 4947 | |
| 4948 @defun insert-button label &rest properties | |
| 4949 This insert a button with the label @var{label} at point, | |
| 4950 and returns it. | |
| 4951 @end defun | |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 The following functions are similar, but use Emacs text properties | |
| 4954 (@pxref{Text Properties}) to hold the button properties, making the | |
| 4955 button actually part of the text instead of being a property of the | |
| 4956 buffer. Buttons using text properties do not create markers into the | |
| 4957 buffer, which is important for speed when you use extremely large | |
| 4958 numbers of buttons. Both functions return the position of the start | |
| 4959 of the new button: | |
| 4960 | |
| 4961 @defun make-text-button beg end &rest properties | |
| 4962 This makes a button from @var{beg} to @var{end} in the current buffer, using | |
| 4963 text properties. | |
| 4964 @end defun | |
| 4965 | |
| 4966 @defun insert-text-button label &rest properties | |
| 4967 This inserts a button with the label @var{label} at point, using text | |
| 4968 properties. | |
| 4969 @end defun | |
| 4970 | |
| 4971 @node Manipulating Buttons | |
| 4972 @subsection Manipulating Buttons | |
| 4973 @cindex manipulating buttons | |
| 4974 | |
| 4975 These are functions for getting and setting properties of buttons. | |
| 4976 Often these are used by a button's invocation function to determine | |
| 4977 what to do. | |
| 4978 | |
| 4979 Where a @var{button} parameter is specified, it means an object | |
| 4980 referring to a specific button, either an overlay (for overlay | |
| 4981 buttons), or a buffer-position or marker (for text property buttons). | |
| 4982 Such an object is passed as the first argument to a button's | |
| 4983 invocation function when it is invoked. | |
| 4984 | |
| 4985 @defun button-start button | |
| 4986 Return the position at which @var{button} starts. | |
| 4987 @end defun | |
| 4988 | |
| 4989 @defun button-end button | |
| 4990 Return the position at which @var{button} ends. | |
| 4991 @end defun | |
| 4992 | |
| 4993 @defun button-get button prop | |
| 4994 Get the property of button @var{button} named @var{prop}. | |
| 4995 @end defun | |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 @defun button-put button prop val | |
| 4998 Set @var{button}'s @var{prop} property to @var{val}. | |
| 4999 @end defun | |
| 5000 | |
| 5001 @defun button-activate button &optional use-mouse-action | |
| 5002 Call @var{button}'s @code{action} property (i.e., invoke it). If | |
| 5003 @var{use-mouse-action} is non-@code{nil}, try to invoke the button's | |
| 5004 @code{mouse-action} property instead of @code{action}; if the button | |
| 5005 has no @code{mouse-action} property, use @code{action} as normal. | |
| 5006 @end defun | |
| 5007 | |
| 5008 @defun button-label button | |
| 5009 Return @var{button}'s text label. | |
| 5010 @end defun | |
| 5011 | |
| 5012 @defun button-type button | |
| 5013 Return @var{button}'s button-type. | |
| 5014 @end defun | |
| 5015 | |
| 5016 @defun button-has-type-p button type | |
| 5017 Return @code{t} if @var{button} has button-type @var{type}, or one of | |
| 5018 @var{type}'s subtypes. | |
| 5019 @end defun | |
| 5020 | |
| 5021 @defun button-at pos | |
| 5022 Return the button at position @var{pos} in the current buffer, or @code{nil}. | |
| 5023 @end defun | |
| 5024 | |
| 5025 @defun button-type-put type prop val | |
| 5026 Set the button-type @var{type}'s @var{prop} property to @var{val}. | |
| 5027 @end defun | |
| 5028 | |
| 5029 @defun button-type-get type prop | |
| 5030 Get the property of button-type @var{type} named @var{prop}. | |
| 5031 @end defun | |
| 5032 | |
| 5033 @defun button-type-subtype-p type supertype | |
| 5034 Return @code{t} if button-type @var{type} is a subtype of @var{supertype}. | |
| 5035 @end defun | |
| 5036 | |
| 5037 @node Button Buffer Commands | |
| 5038 @subsection Button Buffer Commands | |
| 5039 @cindex button buffer commands | |
| 5040 | |
| 5041 These are commands and functions for locating and operating on | |
| 5042 buttons in an Emacs buffer. | |
| 5043 | |
| 5044 @code{push-button} is the command that a user uses to actually `push' | |
| 5045 a button, and is bound by default in the button itself to @key{RET} | |
| 5046 and to @key{mouse-2} using a region-specific keymap. Commands | |
| 5047 that are useful outside the buttons itself, such as | |
| 5048 @code{forward-button} and @code{backward-button} are additionally | |
| 5049 available in the keymap stored in @code{button-buffer-map}; a mode | |
| 5050 which uses buttons may want to use @code{button-buffer-map} as a | |
| 5051 parent keymap for its keymap. | |
| 5052 | |
| 5053 If the button has a non-@code{nil} @code{follow-link} property, and | |
| 5054 @var{mouse-1-click-follows-link} is set, a quick @key{Mouse-1} click | |
| 5055 will also activate the @code{push-button} command. | |
|
102893
97aebffaf765
* text.texi (Yank Commands): Note that yank uses push-mark.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
102515
diff
changeset
|
5056 @xref{Clickable Text}. |
| 84060 | 5057 |
| 5058 @deffn Command push-button &optional pos use-mouse-action | |
| 5059 Perform the action specified by a button at location @var{pos}. | |
| 5060 @var{pos} may be either a buffer position or a mouse-event. If | |
| 5061 @var{use-mouse-action} is non-@code{nil}, or @var{pos} is a | |
| 5062 mouse-event (@pxref{Mouse Events}), try to invoke the button's | |
| 5063 @code{mouse-action} property instead of @code{action}; if the button | |
| 5064 has no @code{mouse-action} property, use @code{action} as normal. | |
| 5065 @var{pos} defaults to point, except when @code{push-button} is invoked | |
| 5066 interactively as the result of a mouse-event, in which case, the mouse | |
| 5067 event's position is used. If there's no button at @var{pos}, do | |
| 5068 nothing and return @code{nil}, otherwise return @code{t}. | |
| 5069 @end deffn | |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 @deffn Command forward-button n &optional wrap display-message | |
| 5072 Move to the @var{n}th next button, or @var{n}th previous button if | |
| 5073 @var{n} is negative. If @var{n} is zero, move to the start of any | |
| 5074 button at point. If @var{wrap} is non-@code{nil}, moving past either | |
| 5075 end of the buffer continues from the other end. If | |
| 5076 @var{display-message} is non-@code{nil}, the button's help-echo string | |
| 5077 is displayed. Any button with a non-@code{nil} @code{skip} property | |
| 5078 is skipped over. Returns the button found. | |
| 5079 @end deffn | |
| 5080 | |
| 5081 @deffn Command backward-button n &optional wrap display-message | |
| 5082 Move to the @var{n}th previous button, or @var{n}th next button if | |
| 5083 @var{n} is negative. If @var{n} is zero, move to the start of any | |
| 5084 button at point. If @var{wrap} is non-@code{nil}, moving past either | |
| 5085 end of the buffer continues from the other end. If | |
| 5086 @var{display-message} is non-@code{nil}, the button's help-echo string | |
| 5087 is displayed. Any button with a non-@code{nil} @code{skip} property | |
| 5088 is skipped over. Returns the button found. | |
| 5089 @end deffn | |
| 5090 | |
| 5091 @defun next-button pos &optional count-current | |
| 5092 @defunx previous-button pos &optional count-current | |
| 5093 Return the next button after (for @code{next-button} or before (for | |
| 5094 @code{previous-button}) position @var{pos} in the current buffer. If | |
| 5095 @var{count-current} is non-@code{nil}, count any button at @var{pos} | |
| 5096 in the search, instead of starting at the next button. | |
| 5097 @end defun | |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 @node Abstract Display | |
| 5100 @section Abstract Display | |
| 5101 @cindex ewoc | |
| 5102 @cindex display, abstract | |
| 5103 @cindex display, arbitrary objects | |
| 5104 @cindex model/view/controller | |
| 5105 @cindex view part, model/view/controller | |
| 5106 | |
| 5107 The Ewoc package constructs buffer text that represents a structure | |
| 5108 of Lisp objects, and updates the text to follow changes in that | |
| 5109 structure. This is like the ``view'' component in the | |
| 5110 ``model/view/controller'' design paradigm. | |
| 5111 | |
| 5112 An @dfn{ewoc} is a structure that organizes information required to | |
| 5113 construct buffer text that represents certain Lisp data. The buffer | |
| 5114 text of the ewoc has three parts, in order: first, fixed @dfn{header} | |
| 5115 text; next, textual descriptions of a series of data elements (Lisp | |
| 5116 objects that you specify); and last, fixed @dfn{footer} text. | |
| 5117 Specifically, an ewoc contains information on: | |
| 5118 | |
| 5119 @itemize @bullet | |
| 5120 @item | |
| 5121 The buffer which its text is generated in. | |
| 5122 | |
| 5123 @item | |
| 5124 The text's start position in the buffer. | |
| 5125 | |
| 5126 @item | |
| 5127 The header and footer strings. | |
| 5128 | |
| 5129 @item | |
| 5130 A doubly-linked chain of @dfn{nodes}, each of which contains: | |
| 5131 | |
| 5132 @itemize | |
| 5133 @item | |
| 5134 A @dfn{data element}, a single Lisp object. | |
| 5135 | |
| 5136 @item | |
| 5137 Links to the preceding and following nodes in the chain. | |
| 5138 @end itemize | |
| 5139 | |
| 5140 @item | |
| 5141 A @dfn{pretty-printer} function which is responsible for | |
| 5142 inserting the textual representation of a data | |
| 5143 element value into the current buffer. | |
| 5144 @end itemize | |
| 5145 | |
| 5146 Typically, you define an ewoc with @code{ewoc-create}, and then pass | |
| 5147 the resulting ewoc structure to other functions in the Ewoc package to | |
| 5148 build nodes within it, and display it in the buffer. Once it is | |
| 5149 displayed in the buffer, other functions determine the correspondance | |
| 5150 between buffer positions and nodes, move point from one node's textual | |
| 5151 representation to another, and so forth. @xref{Abstract Display | |
| 5152 Functions}. | |
| 5153 | |
| 5154 A node @dfn{encapsulates} a data element much the way a variable | |
| 5155 holds a value. Normally, encapsulation occurs as a part of adding a | |
| 5156 node to the ewoc. You can retrieve the data element value and place a | |
| 5157 new value in its place, like so: | |
| 5158 | |
| 5159 @lisp | |
| 5160 (ewoc-data @var{node}) | |
| 5161 @result{} value | |
| 5162 | |
| 5163 (ewoc-set-data @var{node} @var{new-value}) | |
| 5164 @result{} @var{new-value} | |
| 5165 @end lisp | |
| 5166 | |
| 5167 @noindent | |
| 5168 You can also use, as the data element value, a Lisp object (list or | |
| 5169 vector) that is a container for the ``real'' value, or an index into | |
| 5170 some other structure. The example (@pxref{Abstract Display Example}) | |
| 5171 uses the latter approach. | |
| 5172 | |
| 5173 When the data changes, you will want to update the text in the | |
| 5174 buffer. You can update all nodes by calling @code{ewoc-refresh}, or | |
| 5175 just specific nodes using @code{ewoc-invalidate}, or all nodes | |
| 5176 satisfying a predicate using @code{ewoc-map}. Alternatively, you can | |
| 5177 delete invalid nodes using @code{ewoc-delete} or @code{ewoc-filter}, | |
| 5178 and add new nodes in their place. Deleting a node from an ewoc deletes | |
| 5179 its associated textual description from buffer, as well. | |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 @menu | |
|
103820
9e06f7e38c79
(Abstract Display): Merge in some menu descriptions from elisp.texi.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103586
diff
changeset
|
5182 * Abstract Display Functions:: Functions in the Ewoc package. |
|
9e06f7e38c79
(Abstract Display): Merge in some menu descriptions from elisp.texi.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103586
diff
changeset
|
5183 * Abstract Display Example:: Example of using Ewoc. |
| 84060 | 5184 @end menu |
| 5185 | |
| 5186 @node Abstract Display Functions | |
| 5187 @subsection Abstract Display Functions | |
| 5188 | |
| 5189 In this subsection, @var{ewoc} and @var{node} stand for the | |
| 5190 structures described above (@pxref{Abstract Display}), while | |
| 5191 @var{data} stands for an arbitrary Lisp object used as a data element. | |
| 5192 | |
| 5193 @defun ewoc-create pretty-printer &optional header footer nosep | |
| 5194 This constructs and returns a new ewoc, with no nodes (and thus no data | |
| 5195 elements). @var{pretty-printer} should be a function that takes one | |
| 5196 argument, a data element of the sort you plan to use in this ewoc, and | |
| 5197 inserts its textual description at point using @code{insert} (and never | |
| 5198 @code{insert-before-markers}, because that would interfere with the | |
| 5199 Ewoc package's internal mechanisms). | |
| 5200 | |
| 5201 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header, | |
| 5202 the footer and every node's textual description. If @var{nosep} | |
| 5203 is non-@code{nil}, no newline is inserted. This may be useful for | |
| 5204 displaying an entire ewoc on a single line, for example, or for | |
| 5205 making nodes ``invisible'' by arranging for @var{pretty-printer} | |
| 5206 to do nothing for those nodes. | |
| 5207 | |
| 5208 An ewoc maintains its text in the buffer that is current when | |
| 5209 you create it, so switch to the intended buffer before calling | |
| 5210 @code{ewoc-create}. | |
| 5211 @end defun | |
| 5212 | |
| 5213 @defun ewoc-buffer ewoc | |
| 5214 This returns the buffer where @var{ewoc} maintains its text. | |
| 5215 @end defun | |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 @defun ewoc-get-hf ewoc | |
| 5218 This returns a cons cell @code{(@var{header} . @var{footer})} | |
| 5219 made from @var{ewoc}'s header and footer. | |
| 5220 @end defun | |
| 5221 | |
| 5222 @defun ewoc-set-hf ewoc header footer | |
| 5223 This sets the header and footer of @var{ewoc} to the strings | |
| 5224 @var{header} and @var{footer}, respectively. | |
| 5225 @end defun | |
| 5226 | |
| 5227 @defun ewoc-enter-first ewoc data | |
| 5228 @defunx ewoc-enter-last ewoc data | |
| 5229 These add a new node encapsulating @var{data}, putting it, respectively, | |
| 5230 at the beginning or end of @var{ewoc}'s chain of nodes. | |
| 5231 @end defun | |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 @defun ewoc-enter-before ewoc node data | |
| 5234 @defunx ewoc-enter-after ewoc node data | |
| 5235 These add a new node encapsulating @var{data}, adding it to | |
| 5236 @var{ewoc} before or after @var{node}, respectively. | |
| 5237 @end defun | |
| 5238 | |
| 5239 @defun ewoc-prev ewoc node | |
| 5240 @defunx ewoc-next ewoc node | |
| 5241 These return, respectively, the previous node and the next node of @var{node} | |
| 5242 in @var{ewoc}. | |
| 5243 @end defun | |
| 5244 | |
| 5245 @defun ewoc-nth ewoc n | |
| 5246 This returns the node in @var{ewoc} found at zero-based index @var{n}. | |
| 5247 A negative @var{n} means count from the end. @code{ewoc-nth} returns | |
| 5248 @code{nil} if @var{n} is out of range. | |
| 5249 @end defun | |
| 5250 | |
| 5251 @defun ewoc-data node | |
| 5252 This extracts the data encapsulated by @var{node} and returns it. | |
| 5253 @end defun | |
| 5254 | |
| 5255 @defun ewoc-set-data node data | |
| 5256 This sets the data encapsulated by @var{node} to @var{data}. | |
| 5257 @end defun | |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 @defun ewoc-locate ewoc &optional pos guess | |
| 5260 This determines the node in @var{ewoc} which contains point (or | |
| 5261 @var{pos} if specified), and returns that node. If @var{ewoc} has no | |
| 5262 nodes, it returns @code{nil}. If @var{pos} is before the first node, | |
| 5263 it returns the first node; if @var{pos} is after the last node, it returns | |
| 5264 the last node. The optional third arg @var{guess} | |
| 5265 should be a node that is likely to be near @var{pos}; this doesn't | |
| 5266 alter the result, but makes the function run faster. | |
| 5267 @end defun | |
| 5268 | |
| 5269 @defun ewoc-location node | |
| 5270 This returns the start position of @var{node}. | |
| 5271 @end defun | |
| 5272 | |
| 5273 @defun ewoc-goto-prev ewoc arg | |
| 5274 @defunx ewoc-goto-next ewoc arg | |
| 5275 These move point to the previous or next, respectively, @var{arg}th node | |
| 5276 in @var{ewoc}. @code{ewoc-goto-prev} does not move if it is already at | |
| 5277 the first node or if @var{ewoc} is empty, whereas @code{ewoc-goto-next} | |
| 5278 moves past the last node, returning @code{nil}. Excepting this special | |
| 5279 case, these functions return the node moved to. | |
| 5280 @end defun | |
| 5281 | |
| 5282 @defun ewoc-goto-node ewoc node | |
| 5283 This moves point to the start of @var{node} in @var{ewoc}. | |
| 5284 @end defun | |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 @defun ewoc-refresh ewoc | |
| 5287 This function regenerates the text of @var{ewoc}. It works by | |
| 5288 deleting the text between the header and the footer, i.e., all the | |
| 5289 data elements' representations, and then calling the pretty-printer | |
| 5290 function for each node, one by one, in order. | |
| 5291 @end defun | |
| 5292 | |
| 5293 @defun ewoc-invalidate ewoc &rest nodes | |
| 5294 This is similar to @code{ewoc-refresh}, except that only @var{nodes} in | |
| 5295 @var{ewoc} are updated instead of the entire set. | |
| 5296 @end defun | |
| 5297 | |
| 5298 @defun ewoc-delete ewoc &rest nodes | |
| 5299 This deletes each node in @var{nodes} from @var{ewoc}. | |
| 5300 @end defun | |
| 5301 | |
| 5302 @defun ewoc-filter ewoc predicate &rest args | |
| 5303 This calls @var{predicate} for each data element in @var{ewoc} and | |
| 5304 deletes those nodes for which @var{predicate} returns @code{nil}. | |
| 5305 Any @var{args} are passed to @var{predicate}. | |
| 5306 @end defun | |
| 5307 | |
| 5308 @defun ewoc-collect ewoc predicate &rest args | |
| 5309 This calls @var{predicate} for each data element in @var{ewoc} | |
| 5310 and returns a list of those elements for which @var{predicate} | |
| 5311 returns non-@code{nil}. The elements in the list are ordered | |
| 5312 as in the buffer. Any @var{args} are passed to @var{predicate}. | |
| 5313 @end defun | |
| 5314 | |
| 5315 @defun ewoc-map map-function ewoc &rest args | |
| 5316 This calls @var{map-function} for each data element in @var{ewoc} and | |
| 5317 updates those nodes for which @var{map-function} returns non-@code{nil}. | |
| 5318 Any @var{args} are passed to @var{map-function}. | |
| 5319 @end defun | |
| 5320 | |
| 5321 @node Abstract Display Example | |
| 5322 @subsection Abstract Display Example | |
| 5323 | |
| 5324 Here is a simple example using functions of the ewoc package to | |
| 5325 implement a ``color components display,'' an area in a buffer that | |
| 5326 represents a vector of three integers (itself representing a 24-bit RGB | |
| 5327 value) in various ways. | |
| 5328 | |
| 5329 @example | |
| 5330 (setq colorcomp-ewoc nil | |
| 5331 colorcomp-data nil | |
| 5332 colorcomp-mode-map nil | |
| 5333 colorcomp-labels ["Red" "Green" "Blue"]) | |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 (defun colorcomp-pp (data) | |
| 5336 (if data | |
| 5337 (let ((comp (aref colorcomp-data data))) | |
| 5338 (insert (aref colorcomp-labels data) "\t: #x" | |
| 5339 (format "%02X" comp) " " | |
| 5340 (make-string (ash comp -2) ?#) "\n")) | |
| 5341 (let ((cstr (format "#%02X%02X%02X" | |
| 5342 (aref colorcomp-data 0) | |
| 5343 (aref colorcomp-data 1) | |
| 5344 (aref colorcomp-data 2))) | |
| 5345 (samp " (sample text) ")) | |
| 5346 (insert "Color\t: " | |
| 5347 (propertize samp 'face `(foreground-color . ,cstr)) | |
| 5348 (propertize samp 'face `(background-color . ,cstr)) | |
| 5349 "\n")))) | |
| 5350 | |
| 5351 (defun colorcomp (color) | |
| 5352 "Allow fiddling with COLOR in a new buffer. | |
| 5353 The buffer is in Color Components mode." | |
| 5354 (interactive "sColor (name or #RGB or #RRGGBB): ") | |
| 5355 (when (string= "" color) | |
| 5356 (setq color "green")) | |
| 5357 (unless (color-values color) | |
| 5358 (error "No such color: %S" color)) | |
| 5359 (switch-to-buffer | |
| 5360 (generate-new-buffer (format "originally: %s" color))) | |
| 5361 (kill-all-local-variables) | |
| 5362 (setq major-mode 'colorcomp-mode | |
| 5363 mode-name "Color Components") | |
| 5364 (use-local-map colorcomp-mode-map) | |
| 5365 (erase-buffer) | |
| 5366 (buffer-disable-undo) | |
| 5367 (let ((data (apply 'vector (mapcar (lambda (n) (ash n -8)) | |
| 5368 (color-values color)))) | |
| 5369 (ewoc (ewoc-create 'colorcomp-pp | |
| 5370 "\nColor Components\n\n" | |
| 5371 (substitute-command-keys | |
| 5372 "\n\\@{colorcomp-mode-map@}")))) | |
| 5373 (set (make-local-variable 'colorcomp-data) data) | |
| 5374 (set (make-local-variable 'colorcomp-ewoc) ewoc) | |
| 5375 (ewoc-enter-last ewoc 0) | |
| 5376 (ewoc-enter-last ewoc 1) | |
| 5377 (ewoc-enter-last ewoc 2) | |
| 5378 (ewoc-enter-last ewoc nil))) | |
| 5379 @end example | |
| 5380 | |
| 5381 @cindex controller part, model/view/controller | |
| 5382 This example can be extended to be a ``color selection widget'' (in | |
| 5383 other words, the controller part of the ``model/view/controller'' | |
| 5384 design paradigm) by defining commands to modify @code{colorcomp-data} | |
| 5385 and to ``finish'' the selection process, and a keymap to tie it all | |
| 5386 together conveniently. | |
| 5387 | |
| 5388 @smallexample | |
| 5389 (defun colorcomp-mod (index limit delta) | |
| 5390 (let ((cur (aref colorcomp-data index))) | |
| 5391 (unless (= limit cur) | |
| 5392 (aset colorcomp-data index (+ cur delta))) | |
| 5393 (ewoc-invalidate | |
| 5394 colorcomp-ewoc | |
| 5395 (ewoc-nth colorcomp-ewoc index) | |
| 5396 (ewoc-nth colorcomp-ewoc -1)))) | |
| 5397 | |
| 5398 (defun colorcomp-R-more () (interactive) (colorcomp-mod 0 255 1)) | |
| 5399 (defun colorcomp-G-more () (interactive) (colorcomp-mod 1 255 1)) | |
| 5400 (defun colorcomp-B-more () (interactive) (colorcomp-mod 2 255 1)) | |
| 5401 (defun colorcomp-R-less () (interactive) (colorcomp-mod 0 0 -1)) | |
| 5402 (defun colorcomp-G-less () (interactive) (colorcomp-mod 1 0 -1)) | |
| 5403 (defun colorcomp-B-less () (interactive) (colorcomp-mod 2 0 -1)) | |
| 5404 | |
| 5405 (defun colorcomp-copy-as-kill-and-exit () | |
| 5406 "Copy the color components into the kill ring and kill the buffer. | |
| 5407 The string is formatted #RRGGBB (hash followed by six hex digits)." | |
| 5408 (interactive) | |
| 5409 (kill-new (format "#%02X%02X%02X" | |
| 5410 (aref colorcomp-data 0) | |
| 5411 (aref colorcomp-data 1) | |
| 5412 (aref colorcomp-data 2))) | |
| 5413 (kill-buffer nil)) | |
| 5414 | |
| 5415 (setq colorcomp-mode-map | |
| 5416 (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap))) | |
| 5417 (suppress-keymap m) | |
| 5418 (define-key m "i" 'colorcomp-R-less) | |
| 5419 (define-key m "o" 'colorcomp-R-more) | |
| 5420 (define-key m "k" 'colorcomp-G-less) | |
| 5421 (define-key m "l" 'colorcomp-G-more) | |
| 5422 (define-key m "," 'colorcomp-B-less) | |
| 5423 (define-key m "." 'colorcomp-B-more) | |
| 5424 (define-key m " " 'colorcomp-copy-as-kill-and-exit) | |
| 5425 m)) | |
| 5426 @end smallexample | |
| 5427 | |
| 5428 Note that we never modify the data in each node, which is fixed when the | |
| 5429 ewoc is created to be either @code{nil} or an index into the vector | |
| 5430 @code{colorcomp-data}, the actual color components. | |
| 5431 | |
| 5432 @node Blinking | |
| 5433 @section Blinking Parentheses | |
| 5434 @cindex parenthesis matching | |
| 5435 @cindex blinking parentheses | |
| 5436 @cindex balancing parentheses | |
| 5437 | |
| 5438 This section describes the mechanism by which Emacs shows a matching | |
| 5439 open parenthesis when the user inserts a close parenthesis. | |
| 5440 | |
| 5441 @defvar blink-paren-function | |
| 5442 The value of this variable should be a function (of no arguments) to | |
| 5443 be called whenever a character with close parenthesis syntax is inserted. | |
| 5444 The value of @code{blink-paren-function} may be @code{nil}, in which | |
| 5445 case nothing is done. | |
| 5446 @end defvar | |
| 5447 | |
| 5448 @defopt blink-matching-paren | |
| 5449 If this variable is @code{nil}, then @code{blink-matching-open} does | |
| 5450 nothing. | |
| 5451 @end defopt | |
| 5452 | |
| 5453 @defopt blink-matching-paren-distance | |
| 5454 This variable specifies the maximum distance to scan for a matching | |
| 5455 parenthesis before giving up. | |
| 5456 @end defopt | |
| 5457 | |
| 5458 @defopt blink-matching-delay | |
| 5459 This variable specifies the number of seconds for the cursor to remain | |
| 5460 at the matching parenthesis. A fraction of a second often gives | |
| 5461 good results, but the default is 1, which works on all systems. | |
| 5462 @end defopt | |
| 5463 | |
| 5464 @deffn Command blink-matching-open | |
| 5465 This function is the default value of @code{blink-paren-function}. It | |
| 5466 assumes that point follows a character with close parenthesis syntax and | |
| 5467 moves the cursor momentarily to the matching opening character. If that | |
| 5468 character is not already on the screen, it displays the character's | |
| 5469 context in the echo area. To avoid long delays, this function does not | |
| 5470 search farther than @code{blink-matching-paren-distance} characters. | |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 Here is an example of calling this function explicitly. | |
| 5473 | |
| 5474 @smallexample | |
| 5475 @group | |
| 5476 (defun interactive-blink-matching-open () | |
| 5477 @c Do not break this line! -- rms. | |
| 5478 @c The first line of a doc string | |
| 5479 @c must stand alone. | |
| 5480 "Indicate momentarily the start of sexp before point." | |
| 5481 (interactive) | |
| 5482 @end group | |
| 5483 @group | |
| 5484 (let ((blink-matching-paren-distance | |
| 5485 (buffer-size)) | |
| 5486 (blink-matching-paren t)) | |
| 5487 (blink-matching-open))) | |
| 5488 @end group | |
| 5489 @end smallexample | |
| 5490 @end deffn | |
| 5491 | |
| 5492 @node Usual Display | |
| 5493 @section Usual Display Conventions | |
| 5494 | |
| 5495 The usual display conventions define how to display each character | |
| 5496 code. You can override these conventions by setting up a display table | |
| 5497 (@pxref{Display Tables}). Here are the usual display conventions: | |
| 5498 | |
| 5499 @itemize @bullet | |
| 5500 @item | |
| 5501 Character codes 32 through 126 map to glyph codes 32 through 126. | |
| 5502 Normally this means they display as themselves. | |
| 5503 | |
| 5504 @item | |
| 5505 Character code 9 is a horizontal tab. It displays as whitespace | |
| 5506 up to a position determined by @code{tab-width}. | |
| 5507 | |
| 5508 @item | |
| 5509 Character code 10 is a newline. | |
| 5510 | |
| 5511 @item | |
| 5512 All other codes in the range 0 through 31, and code 127, display in one | |
| 5513 of two ways according to the value of @code{ctl-arrow}. If it is | |
| 5514 non-@code{nil}, these codes map to sequences of two glyphs, where the | |
| 5515 first glyph is the @acronym{ASCII} code for @samp{^}. (A display table can | |
| 5516 specify a glyph to use instead of @samp{^}.) Otherwise, these codes map | |
| 5517 just like the codes in the range 128 to 255. | |
| 5518 | |
| 5519 On MS-DOS terminals, Emacs arranges by default for the character code | |
| 5520 127 to be mapped to the glyph code 127, which normally displays as an | |
| 5521 empty polygon. This glyph is used to display non-@acronym{ASCII} characters | |
| 5522 that the MS-DOS terminal doesn't support. @xref{MS-DOS and MULE,,, | |
| 5523 emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. | |
| 5524 | |
| 5525 @item | |
| 5526 Character codes 128 through 255 map to sequences of four glyphs, where | |
| 5527 the first glyph is the @acronym{ASCII} code for @samp{\}, and the others are | |
| 5528 digit characters representing the character code in octal. (A display | |
| 5529 table can specify a glyph to use instead of @samp{\}.) | |
| 5530 | |
| 5531 @item | |
| 5532 Multibyte character codes above 256 are displayed as themselves, or as a | |
| 5533 question mark or empty box if the terminal cannot display that | |
| 5534 character. | |
| 5535 @end itemize | |
| 5536 | |
| 5537 The usual display conventions apply even when there is a display | |
| 5538 table, for any character whose entry in the active display table is | |
| 5539 @code{nil}. Thus, when you set up a display table, you need only | |
| 5540 specify the characters for which you want special behavior. | |
| 5541 | |
| 5542 These display rules apply to carriage return (character code 13), when | |
| 5543 it appears in the buffer. But that character may not appear in the | |
| 5544 buffer where you expect it, if it was eliminated as part of end-of-line | |
| 5545 conversion (@pxref{Coding System Basics}). | |
| 5546 | |
| 5547 These variables affect the way certain characters are displayed on the | |
| 5548 screen. Since they change the number of columns the characters occupy, | |
| 5549 they also affect the indentation functions. These variables also affect | |
| 5550 how the mode line is displayed; if you want to force redisplay of the | |
| 5551 mode line using the new values, call the function | |
| 5552 @code{force-mode-line-update} (@pxref{Mode Line Format}). | |
| 5553 | |
| 5554 @defopt ctl-arrow | |
| 5555 @cindex control characters in display | |
| 5556 This buffer-local variable controls how control characters are | |
| 5557 displayed. If it is non-@code{nil}, they are displayed as a caret | |
| 5558 followed by the character: @samp{^A}. If it is @code{nil}, they are | |
| 5559 displayed as a backslash followed by three octal digits: @samp{\001}. | |
| 5560 @end defopt | |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 @defopt tab-width | |
| 5563 The value of this buffer-local variable is the spacing between tab | |
| 5564 stops used for displaying tab characters in Emacs buffers. The value | |
| 5565 is in units of columns, and the default is 8. Note that this feature | |
| 5566 is completely independent of the user-settable tab stops used by the | |
| 5567 command @code{tab-to-tab-stop}. @xref{Indent Tabs}. | |
| 5568 @end defopt | |
| 5569 | |
| 5570 @node Display Tables | |
| 5571 @section Display Tables | |
| 5572 | |
| 5573 @cindex display table | |
| 5574 You can use the @dfn{display table} feature to control how all possible | |
| 5575 character codes display on the screen. This is useful for displaying | |
| 5576 European languages that have letters not in the @acronym{ASCII} character | |
| 5577 set. | |
| 5578 | |
| 5579 The display table maps each character code into a sequence of | |
| 5580 @dfn{glyphs}, each glyph being a graphic that takes up one character | |
| 5581 position on the screen. You can also define how to display each glyph | |
| 5582 on your terminal, using the @dfn{glyph table}. | |
| 5583 | |
| 5584 Display tables affect how the mode line is displayed; if you want to | |
| 5585 force redisplay of the mode line using a new display table, call | |
| 5586 @code{force-mode-line-update} (@pxref{Mode Line Format}). | |
| 5587 | |
| 5588 @menu | |
| 5589 * Display Table Format:: What a display table consists of. | |
| 5590 * Active Display Table:: How Emacs selects a display table to use. | |
| 5591 * Glyphs:: How to define a glyph, and what glyphs mean. | |
| 5592 @end menu | |
| 5593 | |
| 5594 @node Display Table Format | |
| 5595 @subsection Display Table Format | |
| 5596 | |
| 5597 A display table is actually a char-table (@pxref{Char-Tables}) with | |
| 5598 @code{display-table} as its subtype. | |
| 5599 | |
| 5600 @defun make-display-table | |
| 5601 This creates and returns a display table. The table initially has | |
| 5602 @code{nil} in all elements. | |
| 5603 @end defun | |
| 5604 | |
| 5605 The ordinary elements of the display table are indexed by character | |
| 5606 codes; the element at index @var{c} says how to display the character | |
| 5607 code @var{c}. The value should be @code{nil} or a vector of the | |
| 5608 glyphs to be output (@pxref{Glyphs}). @code{nil} says to display the | |
| 5609 character @var{c} according to the usual display conventions | |
| 5610 (@pxref{Usual Display}). | |
| 5611 | |
| 5612 @strong{Warning:} if you use the display table to change the display | |
| 5613 of newline characters, the whole buffer will be displayed as one long | |
| 5614 ``line.'' | |
| 5615 | |
| 5616 The display table also has six ``extra slots'' which serve special | |
| 5617 purposes. Here is a table of their meanings; @code{nil} in any slot | |
| 5618 means to use the default for that slot, as stated below. | |
| 5619 | |
| 5620 @table @asis | |
| 5621 @item 0 | |
| 5622 The glyph for the end of a truncated screen line (the default for this | |
| 5623 is @samp{$}). @xref{Glyphs}. On graphical terminals, Emacs uses | |
| 5624 arrows in the fringes to indicate truncation, so the display table has | |
| 5625 no effect. | |
| 5626 | |
| 5627 @item 1 | |
| 5628 The glyph for the end of a continued line (the default is @samp{\}). | |
| 5629 On graphical terminals, Emacs uses curved arrows in the fringes to | |
| 5630 indicate continuation, so the display table has no effect. | |
| 5631 | |
| 5632 @item 2 | |
| 5633 The glyph for indicating a character displayed as an octal character | |
| 5634 code (the default is @samp{\}). | |
| 5635 | |
| 5636 @item 3 | |
| 5637 The glyph for indicating a control character (the default is @samp{^}). | |
| 5638 | |
| 5639 @item 4 | |
| 5640 A vector of glyphs for indicating the presence of invisible lines (the | |
| 5641 default is @samp{...}). @xref{Selective Display}. | |
| 5642 | |
| 5643 @item 5 | |
| 5644 The glyph used to draw the border between side-by-side windows (the | |
| 5645 default is @samp{|}). @xref{Splitting Windows}. This takes effect only | |
| 5646 when there are no scroll bars; if scroll bars are supported and in use, | |
| 5647 a scroll bar separates the two windows. | |
| 5648 @end table | |
| 5649 | |
| 5650 For example, here is how to construct a display table that mimics the | |
| 5651 effect of setting @code{ctl-arrow} to a non-@code{nil} value: | |
| 5652 | |
| 5653 @example | |
| 5654 (setq disptab (make-display-table)) | |
| 5655 (let ((i 0)) | |
| 5656 (while (< i 32) | |
| 5657 (or (= i ?\t) (= i ?\n) | |
| 5658 (aset disptab i (vector ?^ (+ i 64)))) | |
| 5659 (setq i (1+ i))) | |
| 5660 (aset disptab 127 (vector ?^ ??))) | |
| 5661 @end example | |
| 5662 | |
| 5663 @defun display-table-slot display-table slot | |
| 5664 This function returns the value of the extra slot @var{slot} of | |
| 5665 @var{display-table}. The argument @var{slot} may be a number from 0 to | |
| 5666 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). Valid symbols are | |
| 5667 @code{truncation}, @code{wrap}, @code{escape}, @code{control}, | |
| 5668 @code{selective-display}, and @code{vertical-border}. | |
| 5669 @end defun | |
| 5670 | |
| 5671 @defun set-display-table-slot display-table slot value | |
| 5672 This function stores @var{value} in the extra slot @var{slot} of | |
| 5673 @var{display-table}. The argument @var{slot} may be a number from 0 to | |
| 5674 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). Valid symbols are | |
| 5675 @code{truncation}, @code{wrap}, @code{escape}, @code{control}, | |
| 5676 @code{selective-display}, and @code{vertical-border}. | |
| 5677 @end defun | |
| 5678 | |
| 5679 @defun describe-display-table display-table | |
| 5680 This function displays a description of the display table | |
| 5681 @var{display-table} in a help buffer. | |
| 5682 @end defun | |
| 5683 | |
| 5684 @deffn Command describe-current-display-table | |
| 5685 This command displays a description of the current display table in a | |
| 5686 help buffer. | |
| 5687 @end deffn | |
| 5688 | |
| 5689 @node Active Display Table | |
| 5690 @subsection Active Display Table | |
| 5691 @cindex active display table | |
| 5692 | |
| 5693 Each window can specify a display table, and so can each buffer. When | |
| 5694 a buffer @var{b} is displayed in window @var{w}, display uses the | |
| 5695 display table for window @var{w} if it has one; otherwise, the display | |
| 5696 table for buffer @var{b} if it has one; otherwise, the standard display | |
| 5697 table if any. The display table chosen is called the @dfn{active} | |
| 5698 display table. | |
| 5699 | |
| 5700 @defun window-display-table &optional window | |
| 5701 This function returns @var{window}'s display table, or @code{nil} | |
| 5702 if @var{window} does not have an assigned display table. The default | |
| 5703 for @var{window} is the selected window. | |
| 5704 @end defun | |
| 5705 | |
| 5706 @defun set-window-display-table window table | |
| 5707 This function sets the display table of @var{window} to @var{table}. | |
| 5708 The argument @var{table} should be either a display table or | |
| 5709 @code{nil}. | |
| 5710 @end defun | |
| 5711 | |
| 5712 @defvar buffer-display-table | |
| 5713 This variable is automatically buffer-local in all buffers; its value in | |
| 5714 a particular buffer specifies the display table for that buffer. If it | |
| 5715 is @code{nil}, that means the buffer does not have an assigned display | |
| 5716 table. | |
| 5717 @end defvar | |
| 5718 | |
| 5719 @defvar standard-display-table | |
| 5720 This variable's value is the default display table, used whenever a | |
| 5721 window has no display table and neither does the buffer displayed in | |
| 5722 that window. This variable is @code{nil} by default. | |
| 5723 @end defvar | |
| 5724 | |
| 5725 If there is no display table to use for a particular window---that is, | |
| 5726 if the window specifies none, its buffer specifies none, and | |
| 5727 @code{standard-display-table} is @code{nil}---then Emacs uses the usual | |
| 5728 display conventions for all character codes in that window. @xref{Usual | |
| 5729 Display}. | |
| 5730 | |
| 5731 A number of functions for changing the standard display table | |
| 5732 are defined in the library @file{disp-table}. | |
| 5733 | |
| 5734 @node Glyphs | |
| 5735 @subsection Glyphs | |
| 5736 | |
| 5737 @cindex glyph | |
| 5738 A @dfn{glyph} is a generalization of a character; it stands for an | |
| 5739 image that takes up a single character position on the screen. Normally | |
| 5740 glyphs come from vectors in the display table (@pxref{Display Tables}). | |
| 5741 | |
| 5742 A glyph is represented in Lisp as a @dfn{glyph code}. A glyph code | |
| 5743 can be @dfn{simple} or it can be defined by the @dfn{glyph table}. A | |
| 5744 simple glyph code is just a way of specifying a character and a face | |
| 5745 to output it in. @xref{Faces}. | |
| 5746 | |
| 5747 The following functions are used to manipulate simple glyph codes: | |
| 5748 | |
| 5749 @defun make-glyph-code char &optional face | |
| 5750 This function returns a simple glyph code representing char @var{char} | |
| 5751 with face @var{face}. | |
| 5752 @end defun | |
| 5753 | |
| 5754 @defun glyph-char glyph | |
| 5755 This function returns the character of simple glyph code @var{glyph}. | |
| 5756 @end defun | |
| 5757 | |
| 5758 @defun glyph-face glyph | |
| 5759 This function returns face of simple glyph code @var{glyph}, or | |
| 5760 @code{nil} if @var{glyph} has the default face (face-id 0). | |
|
100978
d14fcdc20167
(Attribute Functions): Note that a function value :height is relative,
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100974
diff
changeset
|
5761 @xref{Face Functions}. |
| 84060 | 5762 @end defun |
| 5763 | |
| 5764 On character terminals, you can set up a @dfn{glyph table} to define | |
| 5765 the meaning of glyph codes (represented as small integers). | |
| 5766 | |
| 5767 @defvar glyph-table | |
| 5768 The value of this variable is the current glyph table. It should be | |
| 5769 @code{nil} or a vector whose @var{g}th element defines glyph code | |
| 5770 @var{g}. | |
| 5771 | |
| 5772 If a glyph code is greater than or equal to the length of the glyph | |
| 5773 table, that code is automatically simple. If @code{glyph-table} is | |
| 5774 @code{nil} then all glyph codes are simple. | |
| 5775 | |
| 5776 The glyph table is used only on character terminals. On graphical | |
| 5777 displays, all glyph codes are simple. | |
| 5778 @end defvar | |
| 5779 | |
| 5780 Here are the meaningful types of elements in the glyph table: | |
| 5781 | |
| 5782 @table @asis | |
| 5783 @item @var{string} | |
| 5784 Send the characters in @var{string} to the terminal to output | |
| 5785 this glyph code. | |
| 5786 | |
| 5787 @item @var{code} | |
| 5788 Define this glyph code as an alias for glyph code @var{code} created | |
| 5789 by @code{make-glyph-code}. You can use such an alias to define a | |
| 5790 small-numbered glyph code which specifies a character with a face. | |
| 5791 | |
| 5792 @item @code{nil} | |
| 5793 This glyph code is simple. | |
| 5794 @end table | |
| 5795 | |
| 5796 @defun create-glyph string | |
| 5797 This function returns a newly-allocated glyph code which is set up to | |
| 5798 display by sending @var{string} to the terminal. | |
| 5799 @end defun | |
| 5800 | |
| 5801 @node Beeping | |
| 5802 @section Beeping | |
| 5803 @c @cindex beeping "beep" is adjacent | |
| 5804 @cindex bell | |
| 5805 | |
| 5806 This section describes how to make Emacs ring the bell (or blink the | |
| 5807 screen) to attract the user's attention. Be conservative about how | |
| 5808 often you do this; frequent bells can become irritating. Also be | |
| 5809 careful not to use just beeping when signaling an error is more | |
| 5810 appropriate. (@xref{Errors}.) | |
| 5811 | |
| 5812 @defun ding &optional do-not-terminate | |
| 5813 @cindex keyboard macro termination | |
| 5814 This function beeps, or flashes the screen (see @code{visible-bell} below). | |
| 5815 It also terminates any keyboard macro currently executing unless | |
| 5816 @var{do-not-terminate} is non-@code{nil}. | |
| 5817 @end defun | |
| 5818 | |
| 5819 @defun beep &optional do-not-terminate | |
| 5820 This is a synonym for @code{ding}. | |
| 5821 @end defun | |
| 5822 | |
| 5823 @defopt visible-bell | |
| 5824 This variable determines whether Emacs should flash the screen to | |
| 5825 represent a bell. Non-@code{nil} means yes, @code{nil} means no. This | |
| 5826 is effective on graphical displays, and on text-only terminals | |
| 5827 provided the terminal's Termcap entry defines the visible bell | |
| 5828 capability (@samp{vb}). | |
| 5829 @end defopt | |
| 5830 | |
| 5831 @defvar ring-bell-function | |
| 5832 If this is non-@code{nil}, it specifies how Emacs should ``ring the | |
| 5833 bell.'' Its value should be a function of no arguments. If this is | |
| 5834 non-@code{nil}, it takes precedence over the @code{visible-bell} | |
| 5835 variable. | |
| 5836 @end defvar | |
| 5837 | |
| 5838 @node Window Systems | |
| 5839 @section Window Systems | |
| 5840 | |
| 5841 Emacs works with several window systems, most notably the X Window | |
| 5842 System. Both Emacs and X use the term ``window,'' but use it | |
| 5843 differently. An Emacs frame is a single window as far as X is | |
| 5844 concerned; the individual Emacs windows are not known to X at all. | |
| 5845 | |
| 5846 @defvar window-system | |
|
100597
849c161c893f
(Window Systems): Document `window-system' the function. The variable
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98976
diff
changeset
|
5847 This frame-local variable tells Lisp programs what window system Emacs is using |
|
849c161c893f
(Window Systems): Document `window-system' the function. The variable
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98976
diff
changeset
|
5848 for displaying the frame. The possible values are |
| 84060 | 5849 |
| 5850 @table @code | |
| 5851 @item x | |
| 5852 @cindex X Window System | |
|
100597
849c161c893f
(Window Systems): Document `window-system' the function. The variable
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98976
diff
changeset
|
5853 Emacs is displaying the frame using X. |
| 84060 | 5854 @item w32 |
|
100597
849c161c893f
(Window Systems): Document `window-system' the function. The variable
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98976
diff
changeset
|
5855 Emacs is displaying the frame using native MS-Windows GUI. |
|
103586
c78f612cb825
* display.texi (Window Systems): Add ns to the list.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103273
diff
changeset
|
5856 @item ns |
|
c78f612cb825
* display.texi (Window Systems): Add ns to the list.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103273
diff
changeset
|
5857 Emacs is displaying the frame using the Nextstep interface (used on |
|
c78f612cb825
* display.texi (Window Systems): Add ns to the list.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103273
diff
changeset
|
5858 GNUstep and Mac OS X). |
|
100597
849c161c893f
(Window Systems): Document `window-system' the function. The variable
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98976
diff
changeset
|
5859 @item pc |
|
849c161c893f
(Window Systems): Document `window-system' the function. The variable
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98976
diff
changeset
|
5860 Emacs is displaying the frame using MS-DOS direct screen writes. |
| 84060 | 5861 @item nil |
|
100597
849c161c893f
(Window Systems): Document `window-system' the function. The variable
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98976
diff
changeset
|
5862 Emacs is displaying the frame on a character-based terminal. |
| 84060 | 5863 @end table |
| 5864 @end defvar | |
| 5865 | |
|
100599
d0d51bbf9adf
(Window Systems): Document `initial-window-system'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
100597
diff
changeset
|
5866 @defvar initial-window-system |
|
d0d51bbf9adf
(Window Systems): Document `initial-window-system'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
100597
diff
changeset
|
5867 This variable holds the value of @code{window-system} used for the |
|
101443
5e2cee41c267
(Window Systems): Document the value of `initial-window-system' under --daemon.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
101289
diff
changeset
|
5868 first frame created by Emacs during startup. (When Emacs is invoked |
|
5e2cee41c267
(Window Systems): Document the value of `initial-window-system' under --daemon.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
101289
diff
changeset
|
5869 with the @option{--daemon} option, it does not create any initial |
|
5e2cee41c267
(Window Systems): Document the value of `initial-window-system' under --daemon.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
101289
diff
changeset
|
5870 frames, so @code{initial-window-system} is @code{nil}. @xref{Initial |
|
5e2cee41c267
(Window Systems): Document the value of `initial-window-system' under --daemon.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
101289
diff
changeset
|
5871 Options, daemon,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.) |
|
100599
d0d51bbf9adf
(Window Systems): Document `initial-window-system'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
100597
diff
changeset
|
5872 @end defvar |
|
d0d51bbf9adf
(Window Systems): Document `initial-window-system'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
100597
diff
changeset
|
5873 |
|
100597
849c161c893f
(Window Systems): Document `window-system' the function. The variable
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98976
diff
changeset
|
5874 @defun window-system &optional frame |
|
849c161c893f
(Window Systems): Document `window-system' the function. The variable
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98976
diff
changeset
|
5875 This function returns a symbol whose name tells what window system is |
|
849c161c893f
(Window Systems): Document `window-system' the function. The variable
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98976
diff
changeset
|
5876 used for displaying @var{frame} (which defaults to the currently |
|
849c161c893f
(Window Systems): Document `window-system' the function. The variable
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98976
diff
changeset
|
5877 selected frame). The list of possible symbols it returns is the same |
|
849c161c893f
(Window Systems): Document `window-system' the function. The variable
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98976
diff
changeset
|
5878 one documented for the variable @code{window-system} above. |
|
849c161c893f
(Window Systems): Document `window-system' the function. The variable
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98976
diff
changeset
|
5879 @end defun |
|
849c161c893f
(Window Systems): Document `window-system' the function. The variable
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98976
diff
changeset
|
5880 |
| 84060 | 5881 @defvar window-setup-hook |
| 5882 This variable is a normal hook which Emacs runs after handling the | |
| 5883 initialization files. Emacs runs this hook after it has completed | |
| 5884 loading your init file, the default initialization file (if | |
| 5885 any), and the terminal-specific Lisp code, and running the hook | |
| 5886 @code{term-setup-hook}. | |
| 5887 | |
| 5888 This hook is used for internal purposes: setting up communication with | |
| 5889 the window system, and creating the initial window. Users should not | |
| 5890 interfere with it. | |
| 5891 @end defvar | |
| 5892 | |
| 5893 @ignore | |
| 5894 arch-tag: ffdf5714-7ecf-415b-9023-fbc6b409c2c6 | |
| 5895 @end ignore |
